WO2014133157A1 - 光ファイバ接続工具及び光ファイバの接続方法 - Google Patents
光ファイバ接続工具及び光ファイバの接続方法 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014133157A1 WO2014133157A1 PCT/JP2014/055159 JP2014055159W WO2014133157A1 WO 2014133157 A1 WO2014133157 A1 WO 2014133157A1 JP 2014055159 W JP2014055159 W JP 2014055159W WO 2014133157 A1 WO2014133157 A1 WO 2014133157A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- optical fiber
- cable
- groove
- gripping
- lid
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/36—Mechanical coupling means
- G02B6/38—Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
- G02B6/3801—Permanent connections, i.e. wherein fibres are kept aligned by mechanical means
- G02B6/3803—Adjustment or alignment devices for alignment prior to splicing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/255—Splicing of light guides, e.g. by fusion or bonding
- G02B6/2553—Splicing machines, e.g. optical fibre fusion splicer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/36—Mechanical coupling means
- G02B6/3616—Holders, macro size fixtures for mechanically holding or positioning fibres, e.g. on an optical bench
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/36—Mechanical coupling means
- G02B6/38—Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
- G02B6/3801—Permanent connections, i.e. wherein fibres are kept aligned by mechanical means
- G02B6/3802—Assembly tools, e.g. crimping tool or pressing bench
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/36—Mechanical coupling means
- G02B6/38—Mechanical coupling means having fibre to fibre mating means
- G02B6/3801—Permanent connections, i.e. wherein fibres are kept aligned by mechanical means
- G02B6/3806—Semi-permanent connections, i.e. wherein the mechanical means keeping the fibres aligned allow for removal of the fibres
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an optical fiber connecting tool and an optical fiber connecting method.
- the present invention can be used for securing an optical fiber cable to an optical connector housing by assembling the optical fiber and a pair of strength members in an optical fiber cable having a structure embedded in a synthetic resin sheath.
- the present invention relates to a cable jacket holding member.
- the present invention relates to a mechanical splicing tool having an insertion member inserted between elements of a mechanical splice that holds an optical fiber between the elements.
- Patent Document 1 discloses an optical fiber connector having a pair of gripping portions that respectively grip two optical fibers and a clamping member that butt-connects and holds the end portions of the optical fibers. This optical fiber connector is designed so that the optical fiber can be bent in order to secure the abutting force between the optical fibers.
- Patent Document 1 discloses an optical fiber connector having a clamping member (mechanical splice) that butt-connects optical fiber end portions.
- an insertion unit mechanical splicing tool having an insertion member is used.
- the insertion unit can form a gap into which the optical fiber can be inserted between the sandwiching members by inserting the insert member between the sandwiching members.
- the insertion unit is required to be easily attached and detached.
- a drop optical fiber cable (hereinafter also referred to as an optical drop cable) is used for withdrawal from a trunk optical fiber cable or the like to a subscriber.
- An optical fiber cable for indoor wiring (hereinafter also referred to as an optical indoor cable) is used for indoor wiring in a subscriber's house or the like.
- an optical fiber cable having a structure in which an optical fiber and a pair of strength members are embedded in a sheath having a rectangular cross section made of a synthetic resin (hereinafter also referred to as a fiber embedded cable) is often used. ing.
- a connector having a gripping member locking portion for locking an outer gripping member fixed to the tip of the cable is often used in the housing.
- the fiber embedded cable can be fastened to the housing via an outer gripping member locked to the gripping member locking portion.
- an envelope gripping member for example, as described in Patent Document 2, a gripping member main body extending in a U-shaped cross section, and a lid attached to the gripping member main body through a thin hinge portion so as to be opened and closed
- a resin integrated molded product having a structure of A gripping claw for securing a cable holding force by gripping and fixing the fiber-embedded cable accommodated between the both side wall portions from both sides is provided on the mutually facing inner surfaces of the both side wall portions of the gripping member main body.
- the grip claw has a triangular cross section and has a ridge shape extending perpendicularly to the inner surface of the bottom of the grip member main body, and is formed at positions facing each other on the inner surfaces of both side walls of the grip member main body.
- Protruding claws are provided to bite into the outer casing.
- the outer cover gripping member is closed to the outer cover of the fiber embedded cable housed between the both side walls of the gripping member main body, the gripping claws on the both side wall portions of the gripping member main body, the bottom of the gripping member main body, and the gripping member main body.
- the protruding claws of the lid portion are bitten into the fiber-embedded cable and fixed (see FIGS. 10 to 13 in Patent Document 2).
- Patent Document 3 discloses an optical connector assembling jig that includes a jig body member to which an optical connector is mounted and a fiber holder that holds an optical fiber connected to the optical connector. To connect an optical fiber using the optical connector assembling jig, the optical fiber is inserted into the optical connector by sliding the fiber holder toward the optical connector on the jig body member.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B of Patent Document 2 there are various cross-sectional sizes of the fiber embedded cable.
- FIG. 8A of Patent Document 2 shows an optical drop cable having a cross-sectional size of 2.0 ⁇ 3.1 mm
- FIG. 8B shows a so-called small-diameter optical indoor cable having a size of 1.6 ⁇ 2.0 mm.
- a jacket gripping member for securing a 2.0 ⁇ 3.1 mm size optical drop cable and a 1.6 ⁇ 2.0 mm size small-diameter optical indoor cable, it is necessary to secure an appropriate cable retaining force.
- Providing a dedicated jacket gripping member for each cable cross-sectional size increases the management effort and increases costs.
- the gap between the vertices of the gripping claws facing each other on both side walls of the gripping member main body can be bitten into the jacket of two types of fiber embedded cables having different cross-sectional sizes.
- An envelope gripping member having a configuration that can be set has been proposed (for example, the envelope gripping member disclosed in claim 1, FIGS. 3 to 5 and the like of Patent Document 2).
- the outer gripping member has an outer surface of the cable having the larger cross-sectional size when the gap between the gripping claw vertices of the gripping member main body facing each other is set small in order to increase the holding force of the cable having the smaller cross-sectional size.
- the gripping nail bites into the cover deepens.
- the interval between the gripping claw vertices is smaller than 1.20 ⁇ 0.05 mm described in Patent Document 2
- the force required to push the optical drop cable of 2.0 ⁇ 3.1 mm size into the gripping member body May increase the push-in workability.
- the optical fiber connected to the optical connector requires a sufficient extra length for handling. For this reason, when it is difficult to ensure the extra length of the optical fiber, the connection work may be hindered, and there has been a demand for improvement in connection workability.
- An object of the present invention is to provide a mechanical splicing tool that can be easily attached to and detached from the mechanical splice.
- An object of the present invention is to provide an optical fiber connection tool that can prevent erroneous connection of optical fibers.
- an object of the present invention is to provide a cable jacket holding member that can easily secure a high cable holding force for each of two types of fiber embedded cables having different cross-sectional sizes.
- An object of the present invention is to provide an optical fiber connecting tool and an optical fiber connecting method capable of connecting even when it is difficult to secure the extra length of the optical fiber when connecting the optical fiber to the optical connector.
- An optical fiber connecting tool includes a mechanical splice holding portion that holds a mechanical splice, an optical fiber holding portion that holds a first optical fiber on one end side of the mechanical splice, and the first light.
- An optical fiber connection unit having a guided portion slidable along a guide portion provided in a connection jig for fixing a second optical fiber to be abutted with the fiber, and a guide portion for guiding the optical fiber connection unit
- a connecting jig having an optical fiber fixing part for fixing the second optical fiber, and the optical fiber connecting unit includes a gap between one end side of the mechanical splice and the optical fiber gripping part.
- a first bending width is formed, and the first first width is between the other end side of the mechanical splice and the optical fiber fixing portion at the time of abutment. Second deflection width is ensured shorter than the actual width.
- the first deflection width is preferably 10 mm or less at the time of abutment. It is preferable that a groove portion for preventing the guided portion from floating from the connection jig is formed in the guide portion.
- the first optical fiber is an optical fiber drawn out from an end of an optical fiber cable, and the optical fiber gripping portion is a cable gripping member that grips the end of the optical fiber cable.
- the optical fiber connection tool of the first aspect of the present invention preferably has a cable jacket gripping member.
- the cable jacket gripping member has a gripping member body provided with side wall portions on the left and right sides of the bottom wall portion, and a lid piece provided on the gripping member body so as to be opened and closed via a hinge portion.
- a first cable groove into which the first optical fiber cable is fitted is formed between both side walls of the gripping member main body, and the first cable groove is formed to extend narrower than the first cable groove from one end of the first cable groove,
- a second cable groove into which a second optical fiber cable having a smaller cross-sectional size than the first optical fiber cable is fitted is secured with the groove width centers aligned with each other, and the inner surfaces of both side walls of the gripping member main body are secured to each other.
- a plurality of gripping claws extending in the depth direction of the first and second cable grooves in a triangular cross section are formed to face each other, and an inner surface of the bottom wall portion of the gripping member body and the gripping member body of the lid piece Gripping member body bottom when closed to A first protrusion claw that bites into an outer sheath of the first optical fiber cable accommodated in the first cable groove on an inner surface side facing the inner surface of the part, and the second light accommodated in the second cable groove.
- a second projecting claw is formed to bite into the jacket of the fiber cable.
- the first holding claws facing each other on both sides of the first cable groove of the gripping claws face each other on both sides of the second cable groove. It is preferable to protrude from the virtual extension of the inner surface of the side wall portion toward the center of the groove width of the first cable groove.
- the first cable groove has a rectangular cross section with a cross-sectional size of width 2.0 mm ⁇ height 3.1 mm.
- the second cable groove can be inserted into the second optical fiber cable having a rectangular cross section with a cross-sectional size of width 1.6 mm ⁇ height 2.0 mm.
- the grip member main body and the lid piece are configured to be fitted in the width direction, and the first optical fiber cable is fitted into the first cable groove, or the second optical fiber cable is attached to the first optical fiber cable. 2
- the lid piece is closed to the gripping member main body, and a rectangular cylindrical body that accommodates the first optical fiber cable or the second optical fiber cable can be configured.
- the distance between the ridge lines of the first gripping claws facing each other is 1.5 ⁇ 0.1 mm, and the distance between the inner surfaces of the side wall portions facing each other through the second cable groove is 1.7 ⁇ 0.15 mm.
- the distance between the ridge lines of the second gripping claws facing each other on both sides of the second cable groove in the claws is 1.15 ⁇ 0.05 mm.
- the second cable groove is formed with a shallower depth than the first cable groove, and the gripping member main body bottom wall inner surface Has a first groove bottom surface located at the groove bottom of the first cable groove, and a second groove bottom surface formed parallel to the first groove bottom surface at the groove bottom of the second cable groove, It is preferable that a virtual plane passing through the center between the vertices of the first protrusion claws that are parallel to the bottom surface of the second groove and that face each other passes through the center between the vertices of the second protrusion claws that face each other.
- the first projection claws facing each other are formed from the inner surface of the lid side first projection claw protruding from the lid piece.
- the projecting dimension of the main body side first projecting claw projecting from the gripping member body is larger than the projecting dimension from the bottom surface of the first groove, and the second projecting claws facing each other project from the lid piece. It is preferable that the protruding dimension of the lid-side second protrusion claw from the inner surface of the lid piece is larger than the protruding dimension of the main body-side second protrusion claw protruding from the second groove bottom surface.
- a step capable of contacting the end surface of the first optical fiber cable is provided between the bottom surface of the first groove and the bottom surface of the second groove. It is preferable to have.
- the distance between the apexes of the first projecting claws facing each other is larger than the distance between the apexes of the second projecting claws facing each other. It is preferable.
- the optical fiber connection tool of the first aspect of the present invention preferably has a mechanical splicing tool.
- the mechanical splicing tool is a mechanical splicing tool that maintains a connection state between the optical fibers by clamping a pair of optical fibers butt-connected by the elasticity of a spring between the elements,
- An insertion member that keeps the elements in an open state by being interrupted between them, and a ring-shaped insertion member for pulling out the insertion member that is interrupted between the elements of the mechanical splice from between the elements
- the insertion member includes a trunk portion supported by an insertion member support portion provided in the insertion member driving portion, and extends from the trunk portion in the central axis direction of the insertion member driving portion.
- Insertion piece support portions to be protruded, and interposed between the elements of the mechanical splice, which are provided at a plurality of locations in the extending direction of the insertion piece support portions.
- the insertion member support portion is formed on the facing wall portion facing the insertion member insertion hole that projects the insertion member outward through the inner space of the insertion member driving portion.
- the insertion member driving portion is provided with a lateral pressure in a direction in which the insertion member drive portion approaches the side wall portions on both sides located between the facing wall portion and the insertion member insertion hole in the circumferential direction.
- the insertion member is deformed to increase the distance between the member support portion and the insertion member insertion hole, and is configured to reduce the amount of protrusion of the insertion member to the outside of the insertion member drive unit.
- a plurality of insertion piece portions of the member can be removed from between the elements.
- the insertion piece support portion is preferably elastically deformable.
- it is preferable that a plurality of the insertion members are attached to the insertion member driving portion via the insertion member support portion.
- the mechanical splice is held between the projecting wall portions of a unit base having a pair of projecting wall portions facing each other, and the insertion piece support portion is provided.
- the insertion member driving portion is fitted into the fitting concave portion formed in the protruding wall portion to restrict the movement in the longitudinal direction. It is preferable.
- the optical fiber connecting method includes a mechanical splice holding portion that holds a mechanical splice, an optical fiber gripping portion that holds a first optical fiber at one end of the mechanical splice, and the first splicing portion.
- An optical fiber connection unit having a guided portion slidable along a guide portion provided in a connection jig for fixing a second optical fiber to be abutted with the optical fiber, and a guide for guiding the optical fiber connection unit
- a connection jig having an optical fiber fixing part for fixing the second optical fiber, and the optical fiber connecting unit includes a gap between one end side of the mechanical splice and the optical fiber gripping part.
- a first bending width is formed between the other end side of the mechanical splice and the optical fiber fixing portion at the time of abutment.
- the optical fiber connecting tool of the third aspect of the present invention is a first optical fiber fixing unit for fixing a first optical fiber connecting unit that holds one optical fiber and an optical fiber on the other side that abuts against the one optical fiber.
- the connection jig includes a holding portion for holding the first optical fiber fixing portion, and the first optical fiber connection unit.
- a guide portion that leads in a direction approaching the first optical fiber fixing portion, and the holding portion can hold the second optical fiber fixing portion instead of the first optical fiber fixing portion, and the guide portion Can guide the second optical fiber connecting unit in a direction approaching the second optical fiber fixing portion instead of the first optical fiber connecting unit, and the first optical fiber fixing portion Side optical fiber is fixed And a pair of extending portions extending from the base portion toward the guide portion, and a first unit receiving space secured between the extending portions includes the first optical fiber.
- the tip of the connection unit can enter, and the second optical fiber fixing portion includes a base portion to which the other optical fiber is fixed, and a pair of base portions extending from the base portion toward the guide portion.
- An end portion of the second optical fiber connecting unit can enter the second unit housing space secured between the extension portions, and the first optical fiber fixing portion At least one of the extending portions is formed with a first entry blocking portion that prevents the second optical fiber connecting unit from entering the first unit housing space, and the extending portion of the second optical fiber fixing portion is formed. At least one of the first optical fibers
- the second entrance block unit connection for unit prevents from entering the second unit accommodation space is formed.
- the first optical fiber connecting unit has a first mechanical splice that butt-connects the optical fiber on one side inserted from one end side to the optical fiber on the other side inserted from the other end side
- the second optical fiber connecting unit preferably has a second mechanical splice that butt-connects the one-side optical fiber built in the ferrule to the other-side optical fiber.
- the first entry prevention unit is a projection protruding toward the first unit accommodation space
- the second entry prevention unit is a projection protruding toward the second unit accommodation space.
- the pair of extending portions of the first optical fiber fixing portion are respectively formed on one side portion and the other side portion of the base portion, and the pair of extending portions of the second optical fiber fixing portion are respectively Formed on one side and the other side of the base part, the first entry blocking part is formed on the extension part of the one side part, and the second entry blocking part is an extension part of the other side part. It is preferable to be formed.
- the first optical fiber fixing part and the second optical fiber fixing part have different colors, and at least a part of the first optical fiber connecting unit has a color similar to that of the first optical fiber fixing part. It is preferable that at least a part of the second optical fiber connection unit exhibits a color similar to that of the second optical fiber fixing portion.
- An optical fiber connection tool includes an optical fiber connection unit including an optical connector having a first optical fiber, and a connection jig for abutting the first optical fiber with a second optical fiber.
- the optical connector includes a ferrule incorporating the first optical fiber, and a connection mechanism for butting and connecting the first optical fiber to the second optical fiber.
- An optical fiber fixing portion that fixes the second optical fiber, and a guide portion that guides the optical fiber connection unit toward the optical fiber fixing portion.
- the optical fiber connecting unit has a guided portion for holding the optical connector, and the guided portion is slidable in a direction approaching the optical fiber connecting unit along the guiding portion. It is preferable.
- the guided portion includes a base and a pair of elastic locking pieces protruding from the base, and the pair of elastic locking pieces are locking protrusions that are locked to the optical connector held therebetween. It is preferable to have a part.
- the locking projection has a tilted inner edge that can be locked to the optical connector over a predetermined range in the extending direction of the optical connector and that reduces the protruding height toward the end in the extending direction. Is preferred.
- an optical fiber connecting method comprising: an optical fiber connecting unit having an optical connector having a first optical fiber; and a connection treatment for matching the first optical fiber with a second optical fiber.
- the optical connector includes a ferrule incorporating the first optical fiber, and a connection mechanism for connecting the first optical fiber to the second optical fiber, and the connection jig is Using an optical fiber connection tool comprising: an optical fiber fixing part that fixes the second optical fiber; and a guide part that guides the optical fiber connection unit toward the optical fiber fixing part.
- the first optical fiber is changed to the second optical fiber by moving the fiber connecting unit along the guide part of the connecting jig in a direction approaching the optical fiber fixing part. It can shed.
- the optical fiber connection unit that holds the first optical fiber is moved closer to the optical fiber fixing portion along the guide portion of the connection jig, thereby A butt connection can be made by causing a bending deformation only in the optical fiber. Since it is not necessary to secure a distance for bending deformation of the second optical fiber between the optical fiber fixing portion and the mechanical splice, the optical fiber fixing portion and the mechanical splice can be disposed close to each other. Therefore, even when the extra length of the second optical fiber that can be secured is short, reliable butt connection is possible, and the connection work is facilitated. In addition, the abutting force can be secured by the elasticity of the first optical fiber that has been bent and deformed, and sufficient connection reliability can be obtained.
- the cable jacket holding member of the optical fiber connecting tool of the first aspect of the present invention includes a first cable groove into which the first optical fiber cable is fitted, and a second optical fiber having a smaller cross-sectional size than the first optical fiber cable. And a second cable groove into which the cable is fitted.
- the cable jacket holding member can accommodate two types of optical fiber cables having different cross-sectional sizes from each other in cable grooves suitable for fitting and fixing. Further, the cable jacket gripping member can set the projecting dimension of the gripping claw from the side wall portion of the gripping member main body for each of the first and second cable grooves. For this reason, this cable jacket holding member can easily ensure a high cable retaining force for each of the first and second optical fiber cables.
- the insertion piece portions protrude from a plurality of locations in the extending direction of the insertion piece support portion, the insertion member drive portion By applying the side pressure, the plurality of insertion piece portions can be easily removed from the mechanical splice. Since the insertion piece support portion is formed to extend in the central axis direction of the insertion member driving portion, the insertion piece supporting portion is spaced from the insertion member driving portion in the extending direction by operating the insertion member driving portion. The insert piece can be operated reliably.
- the optical fiber connecting tool of the third aspect of the present invention when the combination of the optical fiber connecting unit and the optical fiber fixing portion is not correct, the optical fiber is connected by the first entry blocking portion or the second entry blocking portion. Since the approach of the optical fiber connecting unit to the fixed portion is hindered and connection work cannot be performed, erroneous operation can be reliably prevented.
- connection jig since the connection jig includes the guide portion that guides the optical fiber connection unit toward the optical fiber fixing portion, the optical fiber fixing portion is not moved.
- the optical fibers can be connected to each other by moving the optical connector toward the optical fiber fixing portion. Therefore, even when the extra length of the optical fiber is short, it is possible to reliably connect the optical fibers.
- the optical fiber connecting tool 100 is inserted into the optical fiber connecting unit 10 attached to the terminal 24a of the optical fiber cable 24 and the extended optical fiber 21 drawn out from the terminal 24a.
- a connection jig 110 that holds a fiber holder 90 (optical fiber fixing portion) that holds the optical fiber 1.
- the vertical direction may be defined in accordance with the vertical direction in FIG.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 10 has a mechanical splice 30 for holding and fixing the extended optical fiber 21 (first optical fiber) drawn from the end of the optical fiber cable 24 in abutment with the inserted optical fiber 1 (second optical fiber).
- a cable gripping member 70 optical fiber gripping portion
- the optical fiber connecting unit 10 the direction approaching the fiber holder 90 (the right direction in FIG. 3) may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the mechanical splice is also simply called “splice”.
- the unit base 11 includes a mechanical splice holding portion 60 (hereinafter referred to as a splice holding portion 60) that holds the splice 30 in a detachable manner, and an optical fiber cable 24.
- the splice holding part 60 includes a base part 61, a one-side protruding wall part 62 erected on one side edge of the base part 61, and an other-side protruding wall part 63 erected on the other side edge of the base part 61.
- the splice holding part 60 can store and hold the splice 30 in a splice storage space 67 secured between the one protruding wall part 62 and the other protruding wall part 63 facing each other.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is accommodated in the unit of the fiber holder 90 on the outer surface 62 a of the one-side protruding wall portion 62 (corresponding to the one extending portion 96 side of the fiber holder 90).
- a collation concave portion 62b is formed into which the collation convex portion 96b of the fiber holder 90 can enter when the optical fiber is accommodated in the space 99.
- the collation recess 62b is formed in a groove shape along the front-rear direction.
- the separation distance between the front projecting wall portion 64 and the rear projecting wall portion 65 is set in accordance with the longitudinal dimension of the splice 30, and the splice 30 is a base body formed by the front projecting wall portion 64 and the rear projecting wall portion 65.
- the positional deviation in the front-rear direction with respect to the portion 61 is restricted.
- the splice holding part 60 can hold the splice 30 in a detachable manner.
- the gripping member holding part 50 is formed on the base part 51, the one-side protruding wall part 52 erected on one side edge of the base part 51, and on the other side edge of the base part 51.
- the other side protruding wall portion 53 and the lever member 150 for positioning the cable gripping member 70 are provided, and the cable gripping member 70 can be held on the base portion 51.
- the lever member 150 includes a cover plate 151 that covers the cable gripping member 70 held by the gripping member holding portion 50, side plates 152 and 152 provided on both sides thereof, And a retraction restricting piece 154.
- the lever member 150 rotates around the rotation shafts 55 on both sides of the gripping member holding portion 50, thereby holding the cable gripping member 70 and restricting its retreat (position indicated by a solid line in FIG. 12). And a standby position (a position indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 12) that does not restrict the backward movement of the cable gripping member 70 can be switched.
- the side plate 152 has bearing holes 152a into which the rotation shafts 55 projecting from both sides of the holding member holding unit 50 are inserted.
- the lever member 150 is pivotally attached to the gripping member holding portion 50.
- the lever member 150 can restrict the retraction of the cable gripping member 70 with respect to the unit base 11 by disposing the retraction restricting piece 154 (see FIG. 17) on the rear side of the cable gripping member 70 at the restricting position.
- the side plate 152 has an engagement hole 152 b that engages with an engagement protrusion 50 b that protrudes from the outer surface 50 a of the gripping member holding portion 50. By engaging the engagement protrusion 50b with the engagement hole 152b, the lever member 150 can be maintained in the restricted position.
- the holding member holding part 50 and the splice holding part 60 are preferably formed integrally.
- it can be an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- a structure in which the gripping member holding unit 50 includes a plate-shaped guide member (not shown) that is slidably provided on the cable gripping member 70 can be exemplified. The guide member moves forward together with the cable gripping member 70 and is accommodated in the gripping member holding portion 50.
- the tip of the extended optical fiber 21 protruding from the front protruding portion 75 of the cable holding member 70 is formed between the holding member holding portion 50 and the splice holding portion 60 in a tapered shape of the splice 30.
- An optical fiber guide 13 is provided for guiding toward the opening 34b (see FIG. 3).
- the optical fiber guide portion 13 has an inner surface that is inclined toward the central portion of the tapered opening 34b, and when the cable gripping member 70 is inserted into the gripping member holding portion 50, the tip of the extended optical fiber 21 is spliced 30. Can be guided to the tapered opening 34b.
- a bending space 12 is secured between the splice 30 and the grip base 71 of the cable gripping member 70 in which the extended optical fiber 21 can bend and deform.
- the splice 30 is a pressing member constituted by an elongated plate-like base member 31 and three lid members 321, 322, and 323 arranged and arranged along the longitudinal direction of the base member 31. It has a lid 32 and an elongated clamp spring 33 that elastically biases them in the direction of closing them together.
- the base member 31 (base side element) and the lid members 321, 322, and 323 (lid side element) constitute a half-grip member 34.
- the splice 30 will be described in the longitudinal direction with the side (left side in FIG. 9) into which the extended optical fiber 21 is inserted as the rear and the opposite side (right side in FIG. 9) as the front.
- the lid member with the reference numeral 321 located at the rearmost side is also referred to as a rear lid member, and the reference numeral located at the foremost side
- the lid member 323 is also referred to as a front lid member.
- the lid member denoted by reference numeral 322 positioned between the rear lid member 321 and the front lid member 323 is also referred to as an intermediate lid member.
- the base member 31 of the splice 30 has a facing surface 31 a that faces the lid members 321, 322, and 323 over the entire length in the longitudinal direction.
- a centering groove 31b along the longitudinal direction of the base member 31 is formed at the center in the longitudinal direction (extending direction) of the facing surface 31a.
- the alignment groove 31b has a high precision so that the bare optical fiber 21a led out at the tip of the extended optical fiber 21 and the bare optical fiber 1a led out at the tip of the inserted optical fiber 1 can be connected to each other (optical connection).
- Position and align is, for example, a V-groove (a groove having a V-shaped cross section).
- the aligning groove 31b is not limited to a V-groove, and for example, a semicircular groove in a cross section, a U groove (a groove having a U-shaped cross section), or the like can be employed.
- the alignment groove 31 b is formed in a portion facing the inner lid member 322 of the facing surface 31 a of the base member 31.
- Covering portion insertion grooves 31c and 31d having a groove width larger than that of the alignment groove 31b are formed in a portion facing the rear lid member 321 and the portion facing the front lid member 323 on the facing surface 31a.
- the covering portion insertion grooves 31 c and 31 d are formed to extend along the longitudinal direction of the base member 31 on both sides of the alignment groove 31 b in the longitudinal direction of the base member 31.
- tapered taper grooves 31e and 31f are formed in which the groove width decreases from the covering portion insertion grooves 31c and 31d toward the alignment groove 31b.
- channel 31c, 31d is connected with the alignment groove
- a covering portion insertion groove 323 b into which the covering portion of the insertion optical fiber 1 is inserted is formed at a position corresponding to the covering portion insertion groove 31 d of the base member 31.
- a cover portion insertion groove 321 b into which the cover portion of the insertion optical fiber 1 is inserted is formed on the facing surface 321 a of the rear cover member 321 at a position corresponding to the cover portion insertion groove 31 c of the base member 31.
- the part 34a is open.
- the rear end (back end) of the tapered opening 34a communicates with the covering portion insertion grooves 323b and 31d.
- a tapered opening formed by a recess formed in a tapered shape in the rear lid member 321 and the base member 31 from the rear end surface to the front side. 34b is open.
- the front end (back end) of the tapered opening 34b communicates with the covering portion insertion grooves 321b and 31c.
- the insertion piece of the insertion member 81 is disposed on the side surface of the half-holding member 34 of the splice 30 that is exposed to the side opposite to the back plate portion 33 a of the clamp spring 33 (hereinafter, open side).
- An insertion member insertion hole 35 for inserting the portion 81a is opened.
- the insertion member insertion hole 35 has two locations corresponding to the rear end portion and the front end portion of the inner lid member 322, and a position corresponding to the center portion of the rear lid member 321 and the front lid member 323 in the longitudinal direction of the base member 31. It is formed in four places in total.
- the clamp spring 33 is formed of a single metal plate and extends from both sides of the elongated plate-like back plate portion 33a over the entire length in the longitudinal direction of the back plate portion 33a.
- the side plate portion 33b is extended perpendicularly to the back plate portion 33a.
- the base member 31 and the three lid members 321, 322, and 323 of the splice 30 have opposite facing surfaces 31 a, 321 a, 322 a, and 323 a that are substantially perpendicular to the interval direction of the pair of side plate portions 33 b of the clamp spring 33. It is held between the pair of side plate portions 33b in the direction.
- One of the pair of side plate portions 33 b contacts the base member 31, and the other side plate portion 33 b contacts the holding lid 32.
- the pair of side plate portions 33b of the clamp spring 33 is divided into three portions corresponding to the three lid members 321, 322, and 323 of the pressing lid 32 of the splice 30 by the notch portions 33d.
- the clamp spring 33 includes a first clamp spring portion 331 that holds the rear lid member 321 and the base member 31, a second clamp spring portion 332 that holds the middle lid member 322 and the base member 31, and a front lid member 323. And a third clamp spring portion 333 that holds the base member 31.
- a pair of side plate portions of the first clamp spring portion 331 is denoted by reference numeral 331b
- a pair of side plate portions of the second clamp spring portion 332 is denoted by reference numeral 332b
- a pair of side plate portions of the third clamp spring portion 333 is denoted by reference numeral 333b.
- the end of the extended optical fiber 21 is inserted from one longitudinal end of the elongated half-split gripping member 34 of the splice 30 to the longitudinal center.
- a portion of the extended optical fiber 21 that is inserted between the base member 31 and the pressing lid 32 that constitute the half-gripping member 34 is also referred to as an insertion end portion hereinafter.
- the portion of the bare optical fiber 21a at the tip thereof is disposed between the base member 31 and the inner lid member 322, and the portion having the coating 21b is the base member 31 and the rear lid member 321. It is arranged between.
- the tip of the optical fiber 1 (hereinafter also referred to as an insertion optical fiber) is extended to the optical fiber 21. It can be butt-connected to the tip (tip of the insertion end).
- the extended optical fiber 21 and the inserted light that is abutted against the optical fiber 21 between the halved elements of the splice 30, that is, between the base member 31 (base-side element) and the pressing lid 32 (lid-side element).
- the fiber 1 can be held and fixed by the elasticity of the clamp spring 33.
- the insertion end portion of the insertion optical fiber 1 has a portion of the bare optical fiber 1a led out at the tip thereof disposed between the base member 31 and the inner lid member 322, and the covering 1b.
- a portion (covering portion) having a portion is disposed between the base member 31 and the front lid member 323.
- the cable gripping member 70 includes a grip base 71 formed with a cable fitting groove 71a into which the optical fiber cable 24 is fitted, and side walls on both sides of the cable fitting groove 71a of the grip base 71 in the groove width direction.
- a holding lid 72 pivotally attached to one of the portions 71b and 71c, and a front protruding portion 75 protruding from the grip base 71;
- a pair of side wall portions 71b and 71c are erected on the bottom wall portion 71d, and a cable fitting groove 71a is secured between them.
- a plurality of gripping protrusions 71f for gripping the terminal 24a of the optical fiber cable 24 are formed on the mutually opposing surfaces of the side wall portions 71b and 71c.
- the gripping projection 71f of the cable gripping member 70 in the illustrated example is a protrusion having a triangular cross section extending in the depth direction of the cable fitting groove 71a.
- the presser lid 72 has a top plate portion 72a connected to the first side wall portion 71b of the grip base 71 through the thin portion 73, and a top plate portion 72a from the end opposite to the thin portion 73 of the top plate portion 72a. And a locking plate portion 72b formed perpendicularly. Since the thin-walled portion 73 functions as a hinge portion, the presser lid 72 is rotatable with an axis line along the extending direction of the cable fitting groove 71a.
- the other of the pair of side wall portions 71b and 71c of the grip base 71 is also referred to as a second side wall portion 71c.
- the presser lid 72 is configured so that the locking claw 71e on the outer surface of the second side wall 71c is engaged with the locking window hole 72c when the top plate 72a closes the cable fitting groove 71a (closed state).
- the closed state with respect to the grip base 71 can be stably maintained.
- the cable gripping member 70 is preferably an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- the front projecting portion 75 has an L-shaped plate shape having a bottom wall portion 75b and a side wall portion 75c projecting from the upper surface side of the bottom wall portion 75b. It protrudes in the extending direction of 71a.
- An optical fiber holding groove 74 for accommodating the extended optical fiber 21 is formed on the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 75b along the extending direction of the front protruding portion 75. Since the optical fiber holding groove 74 is formed to open upward, the upward movement of the extended optical fiber 21 accommodated therein is not restricted. For this reason, the portion of the extended optical fiber 21 held in the optical fiber holding groove 74 can be bent upward and deformed.
- the gripping protrusions 71f of the side wall portions 71b and 71c of the grip base 71 become optical fibers.
- the end 24a of the optical fiber cable 24 is held and fixed by coming into contact with the side surface of the jacket 25 of the cable 24.
- the front end of the jacket 25 of the optical fiber cable 24 preferably reaches the front end of the cable fitting groove 71a.
- the cable gripping member 70 is attached to the terminal 24a of the optical fiber cable 24 by locking the pressing lid 72 to the side wall 71c in the closed state.
- the slider 120 includes a substrate portion 121 and a pair of side wall portions 122 erected on the upper surface thereof.
- the slider 120 can hold the unit base 11 in a unit storage space 126 that is a space between the side wall portions 122.
- a recess 122 a is formed on the outer surface of the side wall 122.
- An engagement wall portion 87 of the splicing tool 80 is fitted into the recess 122a to define the position of the engagement wall portion 87 in the front-rear direction.
- a locking projection 127 that engages with the engagement recess 136 c of the elastic locking piece 136 of the connection jig 110 is formed to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 127 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) in which the front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- the side wall 122 is formed with a hole 125 into which the protruding claw 87a of the engaging wall 87 is inserted.
- the optical fiber cable 24 includes, for example, an optical fiber 21 embedded in a resin coating material 25 (also referred to as a jacket) together with a pair of linear strength members 26 vertically attached to the optical fiber 21.
- a resin coating material 25 also referred to as a jacket
- the optical fiber 21 is disposed at the center of the cross section of the optical fiber cable 24, and the pair of strength members 26 are disposed at positions separated from the optical fiber 21 on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the cross section of the optical fiber cable 24.
- the optical fiber 21 is a coated optical fiber such as an optical fiber core or an optical fiber.
- the extension optical fiber 21 and the insertion optical fiber 1 are coated optical fibers such as an optical fiber core and an optical fiber.
- a single-core optical fiber is used as the extended optical fiber 21 and the insertion optical fiber 1.
- a bare optical fiber 21 a is led out at the distal end (front end) of the insertion end of the extended optical fiber 21.
- the splicing 30 has a butt connection between the extended optical fiber 21 and the insertion optical fiber 1 between the bare optical fiber 1a pierced at the tip of the insertion optical fiber 1 and the bare optical fiber 21a at the tip of the insertion end of the extension optical fiber 21. Realized by matching.
- a splicing tool 80 can be attached to the splice 30.
- the splicing tool 80 includes two insertion members 81 having an insertion piece portion 81a that spreads between the base member 31 and the pressing lid 32 of the splice 30, and a sleeve-like insertion member that drives the insertion member 81. It has a drive part 82 and a pair of engagement wall part 87 which protrudes from the insertion member drive part 82.
- the two insertion members 81 are attached to the insertion member drive unit 82 so as to be separated from each other in the axial direction (front-rear direction).
- the insertion member 81 includes a trunk portion 84 supported by an insertion member support portion 89 provided in the insertion member driving portion 82, and an insertion piece extending from the trunk portion 84 in the central axis direction of the insertion member driving portion 82. It has the support part 83 and the insertion piece part 81a protrudingly provided in the extending direction several places (2 places in the example of illustration) of the insertion piece support part 83. As shown in FIG. These insertion piece portions 81 a are formed at intervals in the length direction of the insertion member main body 83.
- the insertion member drive unit 82 includes a pressure receiving wall portion 86 that faces the splice 30, an opposing wall portion 85 that faces the pressure receiving wall portion 86, and a pressure receiving wall portion 86 and an opposing wall portion.
- Drive side wall portions 88 on both the left and right sides.
- the insertion member support portion 89 is formed on the lower surface of the opposing wall portion 85 of the insertion member drive portion 82 so as to protrude toward the pressure receiving wall portion 86, and penetrates in this direction (vertical direction). It has a hole 89a.
- a recess 89b having a step surface 89c is formed inside the through hole 89a.
- the trunk portion 84 is attached to the insertion member driving portion 82 through the through hole 89 a.
- an engaging claw 84a protruding outward is formed on the side surface of the distal end portion (extending end portion) of the trunk portion 84.
- the engaging claw 84a can be engaged with a step surface 89c in the through hole 89a.
- the splicing tool 80 is attached to the splice 30 in a state where the insertion piece 81 a is interrupted between the base member 31 of the splice 30 and the pressing lid 32.
- the splicing tool 80 can press both side portions (drive portion side wall portion 88) of the insertion member drive portion 82 (refer to the side pressure P) to approach each other. That is, by applying a lateral pressure P to the drive portion side wall portion 88 (pressing plate portion 88c) and shortening the separation distance between these press plate portions 88c, the drive portion side wall portion 88 is deformed to receive the pressure receiving wall portion 86. And the opposing wall portion 85 is increased, the trunk portion 84 engaged with the step surface 89c is pushed up, and the insertion piece portion 81a can be removed from the splice 30.
- the engaging wall portion 87 is formed so as to protrude from the both side portions of the pressure receiving wall portion 86 to the outside of the insertion member driving portion 82.
- a protruding claw 87 a that protrudes inward is formed at the protruding end of the engaging wall portion 87.
- the engaging wall portion 87 is disposed in the concave portion 122a of the slider 120, and the projecting claw 87a can be engaged with the lower edge of the side wall portion 122 (the inner edge of the hole portion 125). Is attached to the splice 30 so as to hold the unit base 11 and the slider 120, and their mutual movement is restricted.
- the connection jig 110 includes a first guide part 132 that guides the optical fiber connection unit 10 and a second guide part 142 (fiber holder holding part) that holds the fiber holder 90.
- a tool base 130 is provided.
- the first guide part 132 includes a base part 134 on which a slide surface 133 for sliding the optical fiber connection unit 10 is formed, and guide wall parts 135 and 135 respectively protruding from both side edges.
- the pair of guide wall portions 135 are formed to extend in the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 132, and the side edge portions 121 a of the substrate portion 121 of the slider 120 placed on the slide surface 133 are in contact with each other. By contacting, the movement of the optical fiber connecting unit 10 in the width direction can be restricted.
- a groove portion 135a that restricts the floating of the optical fiber connection unit 10 (movement of the optical fiber connection unit 10 in a direction away from the connection jig 110) is formed.
- the groove part 135a is formed along the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide part 132, and when the both side edge parts 121a of the board part 121 enter, the lift of the slider 120 can be restricted.
- the jig base 130 is formed with a pair of elastic locking pieces 136 for positioning the optical fiber connecting unit 10 on the first guide portion 132.
- the elastic locking piece 136 has a locking projection 127 of the slider 120 at the tip of the curved plate portion 136a protruding to the slide surface 133 side from the overhanging portion 138 projecting on both sides of the first guide portion 132 in the width direction.
- a plate-like engagement piece portion 136b in which an engagement recess 136c is formed is provided so as to protrude.
- the curved plate portion 136a is formed in an arc plate shape that is curved along an axial line along the front-rear direction of the first guide portion 132.
- the protruding end of the curved plate portion 136a is located above the slide surface 133.
- the engagement piece portion 136b is formed to protrude on the slide surface 133 inward from the protruding end of the curved plate portion 136a.
- the engagement recess 136c of the engagement piece portion 136b is formed in a notch shape that is recessed from the protruding end of the engagement piece portion 136b at the front and rear central portions of the engagement piece portion 136b.
- the elastic locking piece 136 moves in the front-rear direction of the slider 120 relative to the first guide portion 132 when the locking protrusion 127 of the slider 120 enters the engaging recess 136c and engages with the locking protrusion 127. Can be regulated. In this state, the elastic locking piece 136 sandwiches the slider 120 by the elasticity of the curved plate portion 136a, and stably holds the slider 120.
- the elastic locking piece 136 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the optical fiber connecting unit 10 (slider 120) advanced along the first guide portion 132 and restricts the forward and backward movement.
- the second guide part 142 includes a base part 144 on which a slide surface 143 for sliding and moving the fiber holder 90 is formed, and guide wall parts 145 and 145 respectively protruding from both side edges thereof.
- the pair of guide wall portions 145 are formed to extend in the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the second guide portion 142, abut against both side edges of the fiber holder 90 placed on the slide surface 143, and hold the fiber holder 90.
- the movement in the width direction can be restricted.
- the jig base 130 is formed with a pair of elastic locking pieces 146 for positioning the fiber holder 90.
- the elastic locking piece 146 is a plate-like engaging piece 146b in which an engaging recess 146c into which the locking protrusion 98 of the fiber holder 90 enters is formed at the tip of the protruding plate 146a protruding from the jig base 130. It is the structure which projected.
- the engaging piece portion 146b is formed to project on the slide surface 143 from the protruding end of the protruding plate portion 146a inward.
- the engagement recess 146c of the engagement piece portion 146b is formed in a notch shape recessed from the protruding end of the engagement piece portion 146b in the front and rear central portion of the engagement piece portion 146b.
- the elastic locking piece 146 has a longitudinal direction of the fiber holder 90 with respect to the second guide portion 142 when the locking projection 98 of the fiber holder 90 enters the engaging recess 146c and engages with the locking projection 98. Can be controlled. In this state, the elastic locking piece 146 sandwiches the fiber holder 90 by the elasticity of the protruding plate portion 146a, and stably holds the fiber holder 90.
- the elastic locking piece 146 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the fiber holder 90 advanced along the second guide portion 142 and restricts the advancement and retreat thereof.
- a groove portion 139 is formed on the slide surface 133 of the first guide portion 132 along the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 132.
- An elastic protruding piece 137 that protrudes on the slide surface 133 is formed at the bottom of the groove 139.
- the elastic protruding piece 137 extends along the front-rear direction along the front-rear direction from the inclined plate part 137 a extending while gradually rising in the direction approaching the second guide part 142, and the extending end of the inclined plate part 137 a, And an extending plate portion 137b extending in parallel with the slide surface 133.
- the height position of the upper surface of the extended plate portion 137b is preferably a position close to the inserted optical fiber 1 extended from the fiber holder 90 positioned on the second guide portion 142 (see FIG. 19A).
- the elastic protruding piece 137 can be elastically bent and deformed at the base end portion 137c. For this reason, when the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is advanced on the slide surface 133, the inclined plate portion 137a is pushed down by the optical fiber connecting unit 10 and accommodated in the groove portion 139. There is no problem in the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 10.
- One or a plurality of indications 140 for confirming the position of the inserted optical fiber 1 protruding from the fiber holder 90 toward the mechanical splice 30 can be formed on the elastic protruding piece 137.
- the display 140 is a recess or a hole formed in the inclined plate portion 137a or the extended plate portion 137b. Note that the display 140 only needs to be identifiable, and the form is not limited to the illustrated example, and may be formed by a convex portion or coloring.
- the display 140 in the illustrated example includes a display 140 a for confirming the position of the tip of the inserted optical fiber 1 before the length is adjusted by an optical fiber cutter (not shown), and the position of the tip of the bare optical fiber 1 a of the inserted optical fiber 1.
- a display 140b for confirmation and a display 140c for confirming the position of the tip of the coating 1b of the inserted optical fiber 1 are provided.
- the display 140a is formed on the inclined plate portion 137a.
- the displays 140b and 140c are formed on the extension plate portion 137b at different positions in the length direction.
- the processing length of the insertion optical fiber 1 protruding from the fiber holder 90 is verified by comparing the tip of the insertion optical fiber 1 with the display 140 (140a to 140c).
- the length to the tip of the optical fiber 1a and the length to the tip of the coating 1b) can be easily confirmed, and a highly accurate connection operation can be performed.
- a notch 130 a for temporarily placing the optical fiber connection tool 100 is formed in the lower portion of the second guide portion 142 of the jig base portion 130.
- the notch 130a is formed in an oblique direction so as to gradually rise from the lower edge of the second guide portion 142 to the rear.
- the optical fiber connection tool 100 can be temporarily placed, for example, by engaging the case with a closure case (not shown) inserted into the cutout 130a.
- the optical fiber holder 90 includes a base portion 91 and a lid 92 that is rotatably coupled to the base portion 91 at a base end portion 92a that becomes a hinge portion.
- the upper insertion optical fiber 1 can be held and fixed to the base portion 91 by the lid 92.
- the direction approaching the optical fiber connecting unit 10 (left direction in FIG. 3) may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the base portion 91 includes a base portion 95, one side extending wall portion 96 extending forward from one side portion of the front end surface, and the other side extending forward from the other side portion of the front end surface of the base portion 95. And an extending wall 97.
- the unit housing space 99 secured between the one-side extending portion 96 and the other-side extending portion 97 can accommodate the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 10.
- a first holding wall portion 93 having a positioning recess 93a for accommodating the insertion optical fiber 1 and a second holding wall portion 94 having a positioning recess 94a are formed on the upper surface 91b of the base portion 91 (base portion 95). Yes.
- the second holding wall portion 94 is formed in front of the first holding wall portion 93 and separated from the first holding wall portion 93.
- a linear positioning groove 91a extending in the front-rear direction from the positioning recess 93a through the positioning recess 94a is formed on the upper surface of the base portion 91 (base portion 95).
- the positioning groove 91a is a groove portion for positioning the insertion optical fiber 1, and may have, for example, a substantially V-shaped cross section, a substantially U-shaped cross section, or a semicircular cross section.
- Locking protrusions 98 that engage with the engaging recesses 146 c of the elastic locking pieces 146 are formed on the outer surfaces of the one-side extension part 96 and the other-side extension part 97 so as to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 98 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) in which the front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- the inner surface 96a of the lower edge portion of the one side extending portion 96 is formed with a collating convex portion 96b projecting inward along the front-rear direction.
- the lid 92 When the lid 92 is placed on the upper surface 91 b of the base portion 91 (closed state), the lid 92 is disposed between the holding wall portions 93 and 94.
- the lid 92 is in a state (closed state) covered with the upper surface 91 b of the base portion 91, and the engaging projection 92 c is engaged with the engaging recess 91 c of the base portion 91, whereby the insertion optical fiber 1 is inserted into the base portion 91 ( The substrate portion 95) can be pressed and fixed.
- the lid body 92 may be formed integrally with the base portion 91.
- a first deflection width L ⁇ b> 1 is formed between the rear end of the splice 30 and the cable gripping member 70.
- the bending width is the length of an optical fiber that may cause bending deformation when butt-connecting.
- the first bending width L1 in the illustrated example corresponds to the distance between the rear end of the splice 30 and the cable gripping member 70, which corresponds to the portion where the extended optical fiber 21 is exposed. This is a linear distance between the end and the front end of the cable fitting groove 71 a of the grip base 71.
- the optical fiber connection unit 10 further advances after the optical fibers 1 and 21 are abutted against each other (see FIG. 19C).
- a predetermined bending width for example, the second bending width L2 shown in FIG. 3 is secured between the front end side of the splice 30 and the fiber holder 90. Is done.
- the second deflection width L2 in the illustrated example corresponds to the portion where the insertion optical fiber 1 is exposed, specifically, the distance between the splice 30 and the fiber holder 90, specifically, the inner end of the tapered opening 34a of the splice 30 and the fiber This is a linear distance between the front end of the gripping portion of the holder 90 by the lid body 92 (the front end of the lid body 92).
- the second bending width L2 is shorter than the first bending width L1. Thereby, it is possible to relatively easily cause the bending deformation 21c on the first bending width L1 side as compared with the second bending width L2 side.
- the first deflection width L1 is, for example, 10 mm or more (more preferably 20 mm or more), and the second deflection width L2 is, for example, 10 mm or less (preferably 6 mm or less, more preferably 4 mm or less).
- the upper limit of the first bending width L1 is, for example, 40 mm (preferably 30 mm).
- the second deflection width is about 2 mm.
- the force F (buckling stress) in the butting direction necessary for causing the bending deformation of the optical fiber having the bending width L can be expressed by the following equation (Euler's formula).
- the buckling of the extended optical fiber 21 is performed. It is desirable that there is a sufficient difference between the stress and the buckling stress of the insertion optical fiber 1.
- the buckling stress of the extended optical fiber 21 is preferably at least twice that of the insertion optical fiber 1. That is, when the bending width L1 is given, the bending width L2 is set so that the buckling stress of the extended optical fiber 21 is twice or more that of the insertion optical fiber 1.
- the splicing tool 80 is attached to the optical fiber connecting unit 10 in advance, so that the insertion piece 81a is inserted between the gripping members 34 of the splice 30, and the splice 30 is inserted into the inserted light.
- the fibers 1 and 21 are allowed to move freely in the insertion and extraction directions.
- the insertion optical fiber 1 is disposed in the positioning groove 91 a of the base portion 91, and is pressed and fixed to the base portion 91 by the lid 92.
- the insertion optical fiber 1 is secured to the fiber holder 90 while ensuring a predetermined forward projection length.
- the protruding length of the insertion optical fiber 1 from the fiber holder 90 is set so that the bare optical fibers 1 a and 21 a are abutted at the optimum position in the splice 30 when the insertion optical fiber 1 is not bent.
- the protruding length is, for example, such a length that the end of the bare optical fiber 1a reaches the center position of the splice 30 when the optical fiber connecting unit 10 and the fiber holder 90 are positioned by the elastic locking pieces 136 and 146. Can do.
- the fiber holder 90 is placed on the slide surface 143 of the second rail portion 142, and the locking projection 98 is engaged with the engaging recess 146c of the elastic locking piece 146. As a result, the fiber holder 90 is positioned on the slide surface 143 in a state where the fiber holder 90 is sandwiched by the elastic locking pieces 146 and stably held.
- the optical fiber 21 is extended to one end of the splice 30 by placing the cable gripping member 70 gripping the optical fiber cable 24 on the gripping member holding portion 50 and moving it forward on the base portion 51. insert.
- the protruding length of the extended optical fiber 21 from the front end of the cable fitting groove 71a of the grip base 71 is such that the optical fiber 21 in the splice 30 is bare when the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is at the forward limit position (described later). It is slightly longer than the distance to the optical fiber 21a.
- the lever member 150 is rotated to regulate the backward movement of the cable gripping member 70.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is placed on the slide surface 133 of the first guide portion 132 of the connecting jig 110.
- the movement in the width direction of the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is restricted by the guide wall portion 135.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is advanced toward the fiber holder 90.
- the process of moving the optical fiber connecting unit 10 since both side edge portions 121 a of the substrate portion 121 enter the groove portion 135 a on the inner surface of the side wall portion 135, the lift of the slider 120 is restricted. Is possible.
- the swash plate portion 137a of the elastic protruding piece 137 is pushed down by the optical fiber connecting unit 10 and accommodated in the groove portion 139. Therefore, the elastic protruding piece 137 does not hinder the advance of the optical fiber connecting unit 10.
- the insertion optical fiber 1 is inserted into the covering portion insertion grooves 31 d and 323 b of the splice 30 in the splice holding portion 60 by the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 10.
- the bare optical fiber 1a of the insertion optical fiber 1 is inserted into the aligning groove 31b, and at the tip of the bare optical fiber 21a of the extended optical fiber 21. It is hit.
- Reference C1 is a butt connection position.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is further advanced, and the locking protrusion 127 is engaged with the engagement recess 136c of the elastic locking piece 136.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is positioned on the slide surface 133 in a state where the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is sandwiched between the elastic locking pieces 136 and stably held.
- the position of the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is referred to as a forward limit position.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 10 is accommodated in a unit accommodating space 99 secured between the one extension portion 96 and the other extension portion 97 of the fiber holder 90.
- a second bending width L2 shorter than the first bending width L1 is secured between the holder 90 and the holder 90. Since the buckling stress of the extended optical fiber 21 having the relatively long first bending width L1 is relatively low (provided that the optical fibers 1 and 21 are the same type of fiber), the splice 30 and the cable gripping member The extending optical fiber 21 between the first and second optical fibers 21 is first bent and deformed (buckled). Once the extended optical fiber 21 is bent, the inserted optical fiber 1 between the splice 30 and the fiber holder 90 is not bent.
- a lateral pressure P is applied to the insertion member driving portion 82 of the splicing tool 80 from both sides, and the insertion piece portion 81 a is removed from the splice 30.
- the half gripping member 34 of the splice 30 grips and fixes the bare optical fibers 1 a and 21 a while maintaining the butted state by the elasticity of the clamp spring 33.
- the extended optical fiber 21 and the insertion optical fiber 1 that have been connected are gripped and fixed to the half gripping member 34 of the splice 30.
- the butted state of the bare optical fibers 1a and 21a can be stably maintained.
- Most of the bending deformation 21c of the extended optical fiber 21 is surrounded by the holding member holding part 50 and the lever member 150 of the unit base 11, and is protected from external force.
- the optical fiber connection tool 100 connecting the extended optical fiber 21 and the insertion optical fiber 1 can be stored and installed in an optical fiber connection box (for example, a closure, an optical termination box, etc.).
- an optical fiber connection box for example, a closure, an optical termination box, etc.
- the bare optical fibers 1a and 21a can be butt-connected by securing the abutting force between the bare optical fibers 1a and 21a by the elasticity of the extended optical fiber 21 in the bending deformation 21c. . Therefore, when the splicing tool 80 is removed and the optical fibers 1 and 21 are fixed in a butted state, high connection reliability can be obtained.
- the optical fiber connection unit 10 that holds the optical fiber cable 24 is brought close to the fiber holder 90 along the first guide portion 132 of the connection jig 110, thereby extending the optical fiber 21. Only by causing the bending deformation 21c to occur, the optical fibers 1 and 21 can be butt-connected.
- the fiber holder 90 and the splice 30 can be arranged close to each other. Therefore, even when the extra length of the insertable optical fiber 1 that can be secured is short, reliable butt connection is possible, and the connection work is facilitated. For this reason, the abutting force in the connection of the optical fibers 1 and 21 can be secured by the elastic repulsive force generated by the bending deformation 21c, and sufficient connection reliability can be obtained.
- the fiber holder 90 can be designed close to the splice 30, the optical fiber connection tool 100 can be reduced in size. Therefore, it is advantageous in terms of space saving when housed in an optical connection box (such as a closure).
- the deformation 21c is formed in the extended optical fiber 21, so that the extended optical fiber 21 is exposed to the outside due to a difference in linear expansion coefficient between the outer sheath 25 and the extended optical fiber 21 and a change in environmental temperature. Even if a force is generated in the direction of being drawn into the cover 25, it is possible to suppress an excessive tension from acting on the extended optical fiber 21 and to prevent damage to the optical fiber.
- the relative position between the terminal 24a of the optical fiber cable 24 and the inserted optical fiber 1 is always constant. Therefore, during the storing operation in the optical fiber connection box or the like, an excessive force is not applied to the extension optical fiber 21 and the insertion optical fiber 1, and damage can be prevented.
- the optical fiber connection unit 10 can be connected to the fiber holder 90 on the jig base 130, the optical fibers 1 and 21 can be connected. 130 may be fixed.
- the fiber holder 90 can also be formed integrally with the jig base 130.
- the procedure of inserting the insertion optical fiber 1 into the splice 30 after the extension optical fiber 21 is inserted into the splice 30 is adopted.
- the order of insertion of the optical fibers into the splice 30 is not limited to this. That is, the optical fibers 1 and 21 are butt-connected by inserting the insertion optical fiber 1 into the splice 30 first, then introducing the cable gripping member 70 into the unit base 11 and inserting the extended optical fiber 21 into the splice 30. May be.
- the insertion optical fiber is not particularly limited.
- an optical fiber laid in a vertical hole for example, an elevator hoistway
- an indoor optical fiber for example, an elevator hoistway
- an optical composite electronic device for example, an optical fiber etc.
- a cable jacket gripping member 410 (hereinafter also simply referred to as a jacket gripping member) shown in FIGS. 20 to 22 is an elongated gripping member formed with a cable fitting groove 424 into which an optical fiber cable 450 having a rectangular cross section is fitted. It has a main body 420, a fiber support piece 430 extending from the front end of the gripping member main body 420, and a lid piece 440 provided on the gripping member main body 420 through a hinge 411 so as to be opened and closed.
- the hinge portion 411 supports the lid piece 440 so as to be rotatable about the axis along the longitudinal direction of the grip member main body 420 with respect to the grip member main body 420.
- the jacket holding member 410 in the illustrated example is an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- the hinge portion 411 is a thin hinge portion in which the boundary portion between the grip member main body 420 and the cover piece 440 of the jacket grip member 410 is thin and easily deformable.
- the lid piece 440 can be manually rotated with respect to the grip member main body 420.
- the grip member main body 420 has a schematic configuration in which side wall portions 422 and 423 are provided on the left and right sides (left and right in FIG. 22) of the elongated plate-like bottom wall portion 421.
- the pair of side wall portions 422, 423 protrudes perpendicularly to the bottom wall portion 421 from the left and right sides of the bottom wall portion 421 on one side (upper surface side) of the bottom wall portion 421.
- the pair of side wall portions 422 and 423 are formed to extend along the edges extending along the longitudinal direction of the bottom wall portion 421 on both the left and right sides of the bottom wall portion 421.
- the pair of side wall portions 422 and 423 are formed over the entire length in the longitudinal direction of the bottom wall portion 421.
- the cable fitting groove 424 occupies almost the entire inner region surrounded by the bottom wall portion 421 and the pair of side wall portions 422 and 423.
- the cable fitting groove 424 includes the entire side opposite to the bottom wall portion 421 through the cable fitting groove 424 and the longitudinal direction (front-rear direction) of the gripping member main body 420 extending along the longitudinal direction of the bottom wall portion 421. Are opened at the end (rear end) opposite to the fiber support piece 430.
- the front end of the cable fitting groove 424 is in communication with a fiber accommodation groove 431 that is formed to extend from the front end of the fiber support piece 430 to the front end of the gripping member main body 420. 20 to 22, the left-right direction of the bottom wall portion 421 coincides with the interval direction of the pair of side wall portions 422, 423 provided to be separated from each other via the cable fitting groove 424.
- the thin hinge portion 411 is provided between one of the pair of side wall portions 422 and 423 of the gripping member main body 420 and the lid piece 440.
- the one connected to the lid piece 440 through the thin hinge portion 411 (the side wall portion denoted by reference numeral 422 in FIGS. 20 to 22) is hereinafter referred to as the first.
- the side wall portion 422 and the other side are also referred to as a second side wall portion 423.
- the thin hinge 411 is provided between the protruding end of the first side wall 422 opposite to the bottom wall 421 and the lid piece 440.
- the lid piece 440 has a plate-like lid piece main body 441 and an engaging projection piece 442 provided to project from the lid piece main body 441.
- One end of the lid piece main body 441 is connected to the first side wall portion 422 via the thin hinge portion 411.
- the engagement protruding piece 442 is vertically provided on the lid piece main body 441 from the other end opposite to one end connected to the thin hinge 411 of the lid piece main body 441.
- the thin-walled hinge portion 411 is formed by making the plastic forming the outer covering gripping member 410 thinner than the thickness of the first side wall portion 422 of the gripping member main body 420 and the thickness of the lid piece main body 441 of the lid piece 440.
- the envelope gripping member 410 is not limited to an integrally molded product made of plastic, and for example, a configuration having a separate lid piece 440 with respect to the gripping member main body 420 can be employed.
- the hinge part 411 may be any one as long as the lid piece 440 is connected to the gripping member main body 420 so as to be manually rotatable about an axis along the longitudinal direction of the gripping member main body 420, and is not limited to the thin-walled hinge part.
- the hinge portion 411 is, for example, a rotating shaft that is integral with or separate from one or both of the first side wall portion 422 and the lid piece 440. May be.
- a solid line in FIG. 22 shows an open state in which the lid piece 440 is opened with respect to the gripping member main body 420. Further, a closed state in which the lid piece 440 is closed with respect to the gripping member main body 420 is shown by a two-dot chain line in FIG.
- the lid piece 440 can rotate with respect to the gripping member main body 420 around the thin hinge 411.
- the lid piece 440 can be switched, for example, from an open state to a closed state with respect to the gripping member main body 420 by rotating around the thin hinge 411.
- the lid piece 440 when the lid piece 440 is closed with respect to the gripping member main body 420, the lid side wall part 441 projects from the bottom wall part 421 of the gripping member main body 420.
- the cable fitting groove 424 is covered by abutting against the protruding end surface (the end surface opposite to the bottom wall portion 421).
- the gripping member main body 420 and the cover piece 440 of the jacket gripping member 410 constitute a rectangular cylindrical body 412.
- the lid piece 440 in an open state with respect to the gripping member main body 420 is separated from the protruding end portions of the pair of side wall portions 422 and 423 to open the cable fitting groove 424.
- the inner surface 441 a of the lid piece 440 of the lid piece 440 closed to the grip member main body 420 facing the cable fitting groove 424 is disposed opposite to the inner surface 421 a of the bottom wall portion 421 of the grip member main body 420.
- the engagement protrusion 441 of the lid piece 440 is formed on the inner surface 421a side of the lid piece main body 441 in a plate shape protruding perpendicularly from the lid piece main body 441 to the lid piece main body 441.
- the engagement protrusion of the lid piece 440 closed with respect to the grip member main body 420 is obtained.
- An engagement protrusion 423p for engaging the piece 441 is provided.
- the lid piece 440 closed to the gripping member main body 420 is restricted from rotating in the opening direction by engaging the engagement protrusion 441 with the engagement protrusion 423p of the gripping member main body 420. The closed state can be maintained.
- the lid piece 440 can be manually rotated with respect to the grip member main body 420 when the engagement protrusion 441 is not engaged with the engagement protrusion 423 p of the grip member main body 420.
- the lid piece 440 is restricted from rotating with respect to the grip member main body 420 in a state where the engagement protrusion 441 is engaged with the engagement protrusion 423p of the grip member main body 420.
- the engagement protrusion 441 is formed with an engagement window hole 443 into which the engagement protrusion 423p of the grip member main body 420 can be inserted when the lid piece main body 441 is closed to the grip member main body 420.
- the engagement protrusion 441 engages with the engagement protrusion 423p by causing the engagement protrusion 423p of the grip member main body 420 to enter the engagement window hole 443 when the lid piece main body 441 is closed to the grip member main body 420. Rotation in the opening direction is restricted.
- the engagement protrusion 441 overlaps the outer side surface 423 o of the second side wall portion 423 of the gripping member main body 420 by allowing the engagement protrusion 423 p of the gripping member main body 420 to enter the engagement window hole 443.
- the rectangular tubular body 412 formed by the gripping member main body 420 and the lid piece 440 of the jacket gripping member 410 in the illustrated example is an engagement protrusion 441 of the lid piece 440 closed with respect to the gripping member main body 420. Is engaged with the engaging protrusion 423p of the gripping member main body 420, and the closed state of the lid piece 440 is maintained with respect to the gripping member main body 420. Further, in the rectangular tubular body 412, the engagement protrusion 441 of the lid piece 440 overlaps the outer side surface 423 o of the second side wall portion 423 of the gripping member main body 420.
- the cable fitting groove 424 between the side wall portions 422 and 423 of the gripping member main body 420 has a first cable groove 241 and an extension of the first cable groove 241. And a second cable groove 242 that is formed so as to extend narrower than the first cable groove 241 from one end (front end) in the direction.
- the first cable groove 241 and the second cable groove 242 are formed to extend along the longitudinal direction of the grip member main body 420.
- the rear end of the first cable groove 241 opposite to the front end communicating with the second cable groove 242 opens at the rear end of the gripping member main body 420.
- the optical fiber cable 450 is fitted into the cable fitting groove 424.
- the optical fiber cable 450 has a structure in which an optical fiber 453 and a pair of strength members 454 and 454 are embedded in a jacket 455 having a rectangular cross section made of synthetic resin.
- an optical fiber is used as the optical fiber 453.
- the optical fiber 453 can also employ an optical fiber core wire.
- the optical fiber 453 may be a coated optical fiber having a configuration in which a resin coating material 453b is attached to the outer periphery of a bare optical fiber 453a (see FIG. 20), such as an optical fiber or an optical fiber core.
- the optical fiber cable 450 is fitted into the cable fitting groove 424 with the optical fiber 453 exposed by removing the outer jacket 455 extending from the outer jacket 455 terminal. .
- a first optical fiber cable 451 having a cross-sectional size shown in FIG. 25A is formed in the first cable groove 241 so as to be fitted therein.
- the second cable groove 242 is formed so that a second optical fiber cable 452 having a smaller cross-sectional size than the first optical fiber cable 451 can be fitted therein.
- the first optical fiber cable 451 is an optical fiber cable having a rectangular cross section with a cross-sectional size of width 2.0 mm ⁇ height 3.1 mm.
- the second optical fiber cable 452 is a rectangular optical fiber cable having a cross-sectional size of width 1.6 mm ⁇ height 2.0 mm.
- the inner surfaces 422a and 423a facing each other through the first cable grooves 241 of the both side walls 422 and 423 of the gripping member main body 420 have a triangular cross section and the depth of the first cable groove 241.
- a gripping claw 425 (hereinafter also referred to as a first gripping claw) extending along the vertical direction is provided so as to project.
- the first gripping claws 425 of the both side wall inner surfaces 422a and 423a are opposed to each other through the central portion of the groove width of the first cable groove 241, and the extending direction of the first cable grooves 241 of the both side wall inner surfaces 422a and 423a. It is formed at a plurality of locations.
- grip claws extending along the depth direction of the second cable grooves 242 in a triangular cross section. 426 (hereinafter also referred to as a second gripping claw) is projected.
- the second gripping claws 426 of the side wall inner surfaces 422b and 423b are opposed to each other through the center portion of the groove width of the second cable groove 242 and the extending direction of the second cable grooves 242 of the side wall inner surfaces 422b and 423b. It is formed at a plurality of locations.
- the inner surfaces 422a and 423a facing each other through the first cable grooves 241 of the side wall portions 422 and 423 of the gripping member main body 420 are referred to as the first inner side surface, and the second cables of the side wall portions 422 and 423 of the gripping member main body 420 are referred to.
- the inner surfaces 422b and 423b that face each other through the groove 242 are also referred to as second inner surfaces.
- the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a of the gripping member main body 420 are formed in parallel to each other.
- the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b are formed in parallel with each other and in parallel with the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a.
- the first and second cable grooves 241 and 242 have the same groove width center, that is, the center between the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a facing each other, and the center between the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b facing each other. Are made to coincide with each other.
- each first gripping claw 425 of the gripping member main body 420 has a constant projecting dimension from the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a, and the depth direction of the first cable groove 241 (the gripping member vertical direction).
- the projecting dimensions of the first gripping claws 425 from the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a of the gripping claw main body 425a are the same.
- the ridge lines 425b of the gripping claw main bodies 425a of the first gripping claws 425 facing each other in the groove width direction of the first cable groove 241 extend in parallel to each other.
- the tapered upper end portion 425c is formed in a tapered shape in which the protruding dimension from the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a decreases as it goes upward from the upper end of the gripping claw body 425a.
- the tapered upper end 425c facilitates the smooth and easy pushing of the first optical fiber cable 451 from above into the first cable groove 241 of the gripping member main body 420.
- each of the second gripping claws 426 of the gripping member main body 420 has a constant protruding dimension from the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b, and the depth direction of the second cable groove 242 (the gripping member vertical direction).
- the projecting dimensions of the second gripping claws 426 from the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b of the gripping claw main body 426a are aligned with each other.
- the ridge lines 426b of the gripping claw bodies 426a of the second gripping claws 426 facing each other in the groove width direction of the second cable groove 242 extend in parallel to each other.
- the centers between the ridge lines 426b of the gripping claw bodies 426a of the second gripping claws 426 that face each other in the groove width direction of the second cable groove 242 face each other.
- the first gripping claw 425 is located in a virtual vertical plane S1 that passes through the center between the ridge lines 425b of the gripping claw main body 425a and is perpendicular to the groove width direction of the first cable groove 241.
- the tapered upper end portion 426c of the second gripping claw 426 is formed in a tapered shape in which the projecting dimension from the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b decreases as it goes upward from the upper end of the gripping claw body 426a.
- the tapered upper end 426c facilitates smooth and easy pushing of the second optical fiber cable 452 from above into the second cable groove 242 of the gripping member main body 420.
- the first cable groove 241 is formed so that the first optical fiber cable 451 can be fitted with its cross-sectional width direction aligned in the groove width direction.
- the separation distance between the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a (the groove width W1 of the first cable groove 241) is set slightly larger than the width dimension of the first optical fiber cable 451.
- the separation distance between the ridge lines 425b of the first gripping claws 425 (ridge lines of the gripping claw body 425a) facing each other in the groove width direction of the first cable groove 241 is slightly smaller than the width dimension of the first optical fiber cable 451. It is set small.
- the gripping member main body 420 can be attached to the distal end portion of the first optical fiber cable 451 by fitting the distal end portion of the first optical fiber cable 451 inside the first cable groove 241.
- the first optical fiber cable 451 has its longitudinal direction aligned with the extending direction of the first cable groove 241 of the gripping member main body 420, the cross-sectional width direction aligned with the groove width direction of the first cable groove 241, and the tip end portion aligned with the first cable groove 241. 1 Push into the cable groove 241 and fit.
- the first gripping claws 425 (specifically, the gripping claw main body 425a) of the gripping member main body 420 bite into the jacket 455 of the first optical fiber cable 451 pushed into the first cable groove 241.
- the first optical fiber cable 451 is gripped from both sides by a first gripping claw 425 (specifically, a gripping claw main body 425a) that has been bitten into the jacket 455 from both sides, and is fixed to the gripping member main body 420.
- the first gripping claws 425 of the gripping member main body 420 ensure the cable holding force of the first optical fiber cable 451 with respect to the gripping member main body 420, that is, the rear side of the gripping member main body 420 of the first optical fiber cable 451 with respect to the gripping member main body 420. It contributes effectively to securing the resistance to movement.
- the second cable groove 242 is formed so that the second optical fiber cable 452 can be fitted with its cross-sectional width direction aligned in the groove width direction.
- the separation distance between the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b of the holding member main body 420 (the groove width W2 of the second cable groove 242) is set slightly larger than the width dimension of the second optical fiber cable 452.
- the separation distance between the ridge lines 426b of the second gripping claws 426 facing each other in the groove width direction of the second cable groove 242 (the ridge line of the gripping claw body 426a) is slightly smaller than the width dimension of the second optical fiber cable 452. It is set small.
- the gripping member main body 420 is configured such that the distal end portion of the second optical fiber cable 452 is fitted inside the second cable groove 242, and the distal end portion of the second optical fiber cable 452 is inserted into the first cable groove 241 and the second cable groove 242. By housing, it can be attached to the tip of the second optical fiber cable 452.
- the second optical fiber cable 452 has its longitudinal direction aligned with the extending direction of the cable fitting groove 424 of the gripping member main body 420 and its cross-sectional width direction aligned with the groove width direction of the first and second cable grooves 241 and 242. The tip portion is pushed into the first and second cable grooves 241 and 242 and fitted into the second cable groove 242.
- the second gripping claws 426 (specifically, the gripping claw main body 426a) of the gripping member main body 420 bite into the jacket 455 of the second optical fiber cable 452 pushed into the second cable groove 242 from both sides thereof.
- the second optical fiber cable 452 is gripped from both sides by a second gripping claw 426 (specifically, a gripping claw main body 426a) that has been bitten into the jacket 455 from both sides, and is fixed to the gripping member main body 420.
- the second optical fiber cable 452 is fitted into the second cable groove 242.
- the second gripping claws 426 of the gripping member main body 420 ensure the cable holding force of the second optical fiber cable 452 to the gripping member main body 420, that is, the gripping member main body 420 rear side of the second optical fiber cable 452 with respect to the gripping member main body 420. It contributes effectively to securing the resistance to movement.
- the second optical fiber cable 452 that is pushed into the first and second cable grooves 241 and 242 and fitted into the second cable groove 242 is drawn through the first cable groove 241, and from the rear end of the first cable groove 241.
- the gripping member main body 420 extends rearward.
- the first gripping claw 425 of the gripping member main body 420 in the illustrated example has a first cable groove 241 from a virtual extension of the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b facing each other via the second cable groove 242. Projecting toward the center of the groove width.
- the distance between the ridge lines 425b of the first gripping claws 425 of the first cable groove 241 facing each other is set slightly smaller than the distance between the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b of the gripping member main body 420 facing each other.
- the width dimension of the second optical fiber cable 452 is slightly larger than the distance between the ridge lines 425b of the first gripping claws 425 facing each other of the gripping member main body 420 illustrated in FIG. 23 will be described.
- the second optical fiber cable 452 pushed into the first and second cable grooves 241 and 242 is not only gripped by the second gripping claws 426 facing each other in the second cable groove 242 but also the first cable groove 241.
- the first gripping claws 425 facing each other are also gripped from both sides.
- the first gripping claws 425 facing each other so that the top portions (near the ridgeline 425b) abut each other on the outer cover 455 of the second optical fiber cable 452 from both sides with a weak pressing force.
- claw 425 can be employ
- Each first gripping claw 425 effectively contributes to stable support of the second optical fiber cable 452 at a predetermined position in the groove width direction of the first cable groove 241.
- the first gripping claws 425 facing each other with a distance between the ridge lines 425b of 1.5 ⁇ 0.1 mm hardly function to improve the holding force of the second optical fiber cable 452 having a width dimension of 1.6 mm with respect to the gripping member main body 420.
- the gripping member main body 420 not only the second gripping claws 426 but also the first gripping claws 425 can function to secure the holding force of the second optical fiber cable 452.
- Grasping member main body 420 corresponding to gripping and fixing of the first optical fiber cable 451 having a cross-sectional size of 2.0 mm ⁇ 3.1 mm and gripping and fixing of the second optical fiber cable 452 having a cross-sectional size of 1.6 mm ⁇ 2.0 mm.
- the distance between the first inner side surfaces 422a and 423a (the groove width W1 of the first cable groove 241) is 2.3 ⁇ 0.15 mm
- the distance between the ridge lines 425b of the first gripping claws 425 facing each other is 1. Set to 5 ⁇ 0.1 mm.
- the gripping member main body 420 has, for example, a distance between the second inner side surfaces 422b and 423b (a groove width W2 of the second cable groove 242) of 1.7 ⁇ 0.15 mm, and the second gripping claws 426 facing each other.
- the distance between the ridge lines 426b is set to 1.15 ⁇ 0.05 mm.
- the second cable groove 242 of the gripping member main body 420 is formed with a shallower groove depth than the first cable groove 241.
- the inner surface 421a of the bottom wall portion of the gripping member main body 420 has a first groove bottom surface 421b positioned at the groove bottom of the first cable groove 241 and a first groove bottom surface of the second cable groove 242 formed in parallel with the first groove bottom surface 421b. And a two-groove bottom surface 421c.
- the second groove bottom surface 421c is located on the front side of the gripping member main body compared to the first groove bottom surface 421b.
- the first inner side surface 422a of the grip member main body 420 is formed perpendicular to the first groove bottom surface 421b, and the second inner side surface 423a is formed perpendicular to the second groove bottom surface 421c.
- the first optical fiber cable fitted in the first cable groove 241 is formed on the inner surface 441 a side of the bottom wall portion inner surface 421 a of the gripping member main body 420 and the lid piece main body 441 of the lid piece 440.
- First projection claws 428 and 448 that bite into the outer jacket 455 of 451 and second projection claws 429 and 449 that bite into the outer jacket 455 of the second optical fiber cable 452 fitted into the second cable groove 242 are projected. Has been.
- the first protrusion claws 428 and 448 the first protrusion claws 428 protruding from the bottom wall portion 421 of the gripping member main body 420 are hereinafter referred to as the first protrusion claw and the lid piece main body 441 protruding from the main body side.
- the one protrusion claw 448 is also referred to as a lid-side first protrusion claw.
- the second projection claws 429 and 449 the second projection claw 429 projecting from the bottom wall portion 421 of the gripping member main body 420 is hereinafter referred to as the main body side second projection claw and the lid piece main body 441.
- the second protrusion claw 449 is also referred to as a lid-side second protrusion claw.
- the portion facing the first cable groove 241 is hereinafter referred to as the first bottom wall portion 211 (see FIGS. 21 to 24), and the portion facing the second cable groove 242 is as follows. Also referred to as the second bottom wall portion 212 (see FIGS. 21 to 24).
- the main body-side first protrusion claw 428 protrudes from the first bottom wall portion 211 of the gripping member main body 420, and the main body-side second protrusion claw 429 projects from the second bottom wall portion 212 of the gripping member main body 420.
- the first bottom wall portion 211 of the gripping member main body 420 is formed with a recess 421d (hereinafter also referred to as a groove bottom first recess) recessed from the first groove bottom surface 421b. Yes.
- the main body side first protrusion claw 428 protrudes from the bottom surface of the groove bottom first recess 421d.
- the groove bottom first recess 421d is formed in a groove shape extending along the extending direction of the first cable groove 241 of the first bottom wall 211.
- the main body side first protrusion claws 428 are formed at two locations that are separated from each other in the extending direction of the groove-shaped groove bottom first recess 421d.
- the main body side first projection claws 428 are provided to project at two locations separated from each other along the extending direction of the first cable groove 241 of the first bottom wall portion 211.
- Each main body side first protrusion claw 428 protrudes above the first groove bottom surface 421b, that is, toward the cover piece inner surface 441a side of the cover piece 440 closed to the gripping member main body 420 from the first groove bottom surface 421b.
- the second bottom wall portion 212 of the gripping member main body 420 is formed with a recess 421e that is recessed from the second groove bottom surface 421c (hereinafter also referred to as a groove bottom second recess). Yes.
- the main body side second protrusion claw 429 protrudes from the bottom surface of the groove bottom second recess 421e.
- the groove bottom second concave portion 421e is formed in a groove shape extending along the extending direction of the second cable groove 242 in the second bottom wall portion 212.
- the main body side second protrusion claws 429 are formed at two locations that are separated from each other in the extending direction of the groove-shaped groove bottom second recess 421e of the second bottom wall 212.
- the main body-side second protrusion claw 429 protrudes at two locations that are separated from each other along the extending direction of the second cable groove 242 of the second bottom wall portion 212.
- Each main body side second protrusion claw 429 protrudes above the second groove bottom surface 421c, that is, toward the cover piece inner surface 441a side of the cover piece 440 closed to the gripping member main body 420 from the second groove bottom surface 421c.
- the bottom wall portion inner surface 421a of the gripping member main body 420 includes the first and second groove bottom surfaces 421b and 421c, the groove bottom first recess portion 421d, and the groove bottom second recess portion 421e.
- the inner surface of the groove bottom first recess 421d and the inner surface of the groove bottom second recess 421e are part of the bottom wall inner surface 421a.
- the groove bottom first recess 421d of the gripping member main body 420 of the jacket gripping member 410 of this embodiment has a groove shape in which a plurality of main body side first projection claws 428 protrude from the bottom surface. It is not limited to.
- the gripping member main body 420 a configuration in which a plurality of main body side first protrusion claws 428 protrude from the bottom surface of the groove bottom first recess 421d formed corresponding to each of the first protrusion claws 428 can be employed.
- the groove bottom second recess 421e is not limited to the groove shape in which the plurality of main body side second protrusion claws 429 protrude from the bottom surface.
- the gripping member main body 420 As the gripping member main body 420, a structure in which a plurality of main body side second protrusion claws 429 protrude from the bottom surface of the groove bottom second concave portion 421e formed corresponding to each of the second protrusion claws 429 can be employed. Further, the gripping member main body does not have the groove bottom first concave portion 421d and / or the groove bottom second concave portion 421e, and the main body side first protrusion claw 428 projects directly from the first groove bottom surface 421b, and It is also possible to employ a configuration in which the main body side second protrusion claw 429 projects directly from the second groove bottom surface 421c.
- the lid piece main body 441 of the lid piece 440 includes two main body side first protrusion claws 428 and two main bodies of the gripping member main body 420 when the lid piece main body 441 is closed to the gripping member main body 420.
- Two lid-side first projection claws 448 and two lid-side second projection claws 449 are provided so as to project at positions corresponding to the side second projection claws 429.
- the lid-side first protrusion claw 448 is formed at a position facing the main body-side first protrusion claw 428 when the rectangular cylindrical body 412 is formed.
- the lid-side second projection claw 449 is formed at a position facing the main body-side second projection claw 429 when the rectangular cylindrical body 412 is configured.
- the lid piece main body 441 has recesses 441b recessed from the inner surface 441a (hereinafter also referred to as lid recesses) 4 spaced apart from each other along the extending direction of the cable fitting groove 424. It is formed in the place.
- lid recesses 441b are formed on the inner surface 441a of the lid piece when the lid piece 440 is closed to the gripping member main body 420 to form a rectangular cylindrical body 412. 2 is formed at a position facing the recess 421e.
- the lid-side first projection claw 448 and the lid-side second projection claw 449 protrude from the bottom surface of the lid recess 441b, respectively.
- the lid piece 440 has a configuration in which a plurality of lid recesses 441b are formed in the lid piece main body 441 corresponding to each of the lid-side first projection claw 448 and the lid-side second projection claw 449, as shown in the illustrated example. It is not limited. As the lid piece 440, for example, the lid-side first projection claw 448 and / or the lid-side second projection from the bottom surface of the lid recess 441b formed in a groove shape extending along the extending direction of the cable fitting groove 424. A configuration in which a plurality of projecting claws that are the claws 449 are protruded can also be adopted. Further, the lid piece 440 may be configured such that the lid-side first projection claw 448 and / or the lid-side second projection claw 449 directly protrudes from the lid piece inner surface 441a without forming the lid recess 441b.
- the entire portion protruding upward from the first groove bottom surface 421b (and its virtual extension) of the main body side first protrusion claw 428 and the second groove bottom surface 421c is formed in a tapered cone shape (conical shape in the illustrated example).
- the portions of the lid-side first projection claw 448 and the lid-side second projection claw 449 that protrude from the inner surface 441a of the lid piece (and its virtual extension) are also formed into a tapered cone shape (conical shape in the illustrated example). Yes.
- the opening angle from the apexes of the conical portions of the first protrusion claws 428 and 448 and the second protrusion claws 429 and 449 is set in a range of 60 ⁇ 5 degrees.
- the first protrusion claws 428 and 448 and the second protrusion claws 429 and 449 are not limited to a conical shape, and for example, those having a cone shape (tapered shape) such as a polygonal cone shape can be adopted.
- the center between the vertices of the second protrusion claws 429 and 449 facing each other passes through the center between the vertices of the first protrusion claws 428 and 448 facing each other. It is located in the virtual plane S2 perpendicular to the interval direction.
- the virtual plane S2 passes through the center between the ridge lines 425b of the gripping claw bodies 425a of the first gripping claws 425 facing each other, and the virtual vertical plane S1 described above is perpendicular to the groove width direction of the first cable groove 241 (see FIG. 23). Is perpendicular to.
- the virtual plane S2 is parallel to the first groove bottom surface 421b and the second groove bottom surface 421c of the gripping member main body 420.
- the lid piece inner surface 441a is the first groove bottom surface 421b and the second groove bottom surface of the gripping member main body 420. It arrange
- the separation distance (groove depth H1 of the first cable groove 251) between the first groove bottom surface 421b of the gripping member main body 420 and the lid piece inner surface 441a is set slightly larger than the height dimension of the first optical fiber cable 451. Is done.
- the separation distance (the groove depth H2 of the second cable groove 252) between the second groove bottom surface 421c of the gripping member main body 420 and the lid piece inner surface 441a is smaller than the groove depth H1 of the first cable groove 251;
- the height of the second optical fiber cable 452 is set slightly larger.
- the vertices of the second protrusion claws 429 and 449 facing each other through the second cable groove 242 are located at the same distance from the above-described virtual plane S2.
- the distance between the apexes of the first protrusion claws 428 and 448 facing each other via the first cable groove 241 is larger than the distance between the apexes of the front second protrusion claws 429 and 449 facing each other via the second cable groove 242. large.
- the protruding dimension of the lid-side first protrusion claw 448 from the inner surface 441a of the lid piece main body 441 is larger than the protruding dimension of the main body-side first protrusion claw 428 from the first groove bottom surface 421b of the gripping member body 420. Further, the projecting dimension of the lid-side second projection claw 449 from the inner surface 441a of the lid piece main body 441 is larger than the projecting dimension of the body-side second projection claw 429 from the second groove bottom surface 421b of the gripping member body 420.
- a gripping member for gripping and fixing the first optical fiber cable 451 having a cross-sectional size of 2.0 mm ⁇ 3.1 mm and for gripping and fixing the second optical fiber cable 452 having a cross-sectional size of 1.6 mm ⁇ 2.0 mm 410 for example, the groove depth H1 of the first cable groove 251 is 3.4 ⁇ 0.2 mm, the protrusion dimension T28 of the main body side first protrusion claw 428 with respect to the first groove bottom surface 421b is 0.3 ⁇ 0.1 mm, A configuration in which the projection dimension T48 of the lid-side first protrusion claw 448 with respect to the lid piece inner surface 441a is set to 0.5 ⁇ 0.3 mm can be employed.
- the jacket gripping member 410 for example, the groove depth H2 of the second cable groove 252 is 2.85 ⁇ 0.2 mm, and the projecting dimension T29 of the main body side second projection claw 429 with respect to the second groove bottom surface 421c is set.
- a configuration in which 0.4 ⁇ 0.1 mm and the protrusion dimension T49 of the lid-side second protrusion claw 449 with respect to the lid piece inner surface 441a is set to 1.0 ⁇ 0.3 mm can be employed.
- the lid piece 440 of the jacket gripping member 410 can be closed to the gripping member main body 420 in a state where the first optical fiber cable 451 or the second optical fiber cable 452 is fitted in the cable fitting groove 424.
- the outer cover gripping member 410 fits the first optical fiber cable 451 or the second optical fiber cable 452 into the cable fitting groove 424 of the gripping member main body 420 with the lid piece 440 open to the gripping member main body 420.
- the cover piece 440 can be assembled to the optical fiber cable 450 by closing the grip member main body 420.
- the covering member 410 forms a rectangular tubular body 412 that accommodates the first optical fiber cable 451 or the second optical fiber cable 452 by closing the lid piece 440 to the holding member main body 420.
- the gripping member main body 420 has a step 271 (step surface) between the first cable groove 241 and the second cable groove 242.
- the step 271 abuts the end surface of the jacket 455 of the first optical fiber cable 451 fitted into the first cable groove 241 so that the first optical fiber cable 451 extends in the longitudinal direction with respect to the grip member main body 420. Can be used for positioning.
- a fiber holding groove extending from the front end of the second cable groove 242 of the gripping member main body 420 to the front end (front end) of the fiber support piece 430 on the front side thereof. 431 is formed.
- the fiber support piece 430 is formed in a bar shape whose lateral dimension is smaller than that of the gripping member main body 420.
- the fiber housing groove 431 accommodates the optical fiber 453 protruding from the tip of the outer jacket 455 of the optical fiber cable 450 fitted in the cable fitting groove 424 of the gripping member main body 420.
- the fiber accommodation groove 431 is formed narrower than the second cable groove 242 of the gripping member main body 420.
- the gripping member main body 420 has a step 272 (step surface) between the fiber housing groove 431 and the second cable groove 242.
- the step 272 abuts the end surface of the outer cover 455 of the second optical fiber cable 452 fitted in the second cable groove 242 so that the second optical fiber cable 452 extends in the longitudinal direction with respect to the grip member main body 420.
- the jacket gripping member 410 has a gripping member main body 420 in which a first cable groove 241 and a second cable groove 242 are formed. Further, the outer cover gripping member 410 includes the first protrusion claws 428 and 448 and the second protrusion claws 429 and 449 described above on the grip member main body 420 and the cover piece 440. For this reason, the jacket gripping member 410 can appropriately grip and fix two types of optical fiber cables 451 and 452 having different cross-sectional sizes, and can easily provide a high cable holding force for each of the optical fiber cables 451 and 452. Can be secured.
- the gripping member main body 420 of the jacket gripping member 410 faces the first and second cable grooves 241 and 242 having different groove widths corresponding to the two types of optical fiber cables 451 and 452 having different cross-sectional sizes.
- the first and second gripping claws 425 and 426 having different distances between the ridge lines are formed.
- the structure of the grip member main body 420 has a resistance against pushing the optical fiber cable 450 into the cable fitting groove, as compared with the push of the cable between both side walls of the sheath member of the conventional structure described in Patent Document 2, for example. It is advantageous to keep it low.
- the outer gripping member 410 is formed by removing the coating at the tip of the optical fiber 453 (coated optical fiber) exposed at the end of the optical fiber cable to which the outer gripping member 410 is assembled, and by removing the coating. It can be used for optical fiber processing such as length adjustment by cutting the optical fiber 453a.
- the jacket gripping member 410 can be used, for example, for securing an optical fiber cable to an optical connector housing having a gripping member locking portion for locking the jacket gripping member.
- the optical fiber connection tool 600 is inserted into the optical fiber connection unit 510 attached to the terminal 524a of the optical fiber cable 524 and the extended optical fiber 521 drawn out from the terminal 524a. And a connection jig 610 for holding a fiber holder 590 (optical fiber fixing portion) that holds the optical fiber 501.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 510 has a mechanical splice 530 that holds the extended optical fiber 521 (first optical fiber) drawn from the end of the optical fiber cable 524 in abutment with the inserted optical fiber 501 (second optical fiber).
- a cable gripping member 570 optical fiber gripping portion for gripping the optical fiber cable 524, a unit base 511 for holding them, and a slider 620 (guided portion).
- the direction approaching the fiber holder 590 may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the mechanical splice is also simply called “splice”.
- the unit base 511 detachably holds a mechanical splice holding portion 560 (hereinafter referred to as a splice holding portion 560) that holds the splice 530 in a detachable manner and a terminal 524a of the optical fiber cable 524. And a gripping member holding portion 550 that holds the cable gripping member 570.
- the splice holding portion 560 includes a base portion 561, a one-side protruding wall portion 562 erected on one side edge of the base portion 561, and an other-side protruding wall portion 563 erected on the other side edge of the base portion 561.
- the splice holding part 560 can store and hold the splice 530 in a splice storage space 567 secured between the one-side protruding wall part 562 and the other-side protruding wall part 563 facing each other.
- fitting concave portions 562c and 563c into which the insertion member driving portion 582 (pressure receiving wall portion 586) of the splicing tool 580 is fitted are formed at intermediate positions in the length direction. ing.
- the separation distance between the front protruding wall portion 564 and the rear protruding wall portion 565 is set according to the longitudinal dimension of the splice 530.
- the positional deviation in the front-rear direction with respect to the portion 561 is restricted.
- the splice holding part 560 can hold the splice 530 in a detachable manner.
- the holding member holding portion 550 is erected on the base portion 551, the one-side protruding wall portion 552 erected on one side edge of the base portion 551, and the other side edge of the base portion 551.
- the other side protruding wall portion 553 and the lever member 650 for positioning the cable gripping member 570 are provided, and the cable gripping member 570 can be held on the base portion 551.
- the lever member 650 includes a cover plate 651 that covers the cable gripping member 570 held by the gripping member holding portion 550, side plates 652 and 652 provided on both sides thereof, and a retraction restricting piece 654.
- the lever member 650 rotates around the rotation shaft 555 on both sides of the gripping member holding portion 550, thereby holding the cable gripping member 570 and restricting its retreat (a position indicated by a solid line in FIG. 31). And a standby position (a position indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 31) in which the backward movement of the cable gripping member 570 is not restricted.
- the lever member 650 can restrict the retraction of the cable gripping member 570 relative to the unit base 511 by disposing the retraction restricting piece 654 on the rear side of the cable gripping member 570 at the restricting position.
- the tip of the extended optical fiber 521 protruding from the front protruding portion 575 of the cable holding member 570 is connected to the tapered opening 534b of the splice 530.
- An optical fiber guide 513 is provided for guiding toward (see FIG. 35).
- the optical fiber guide 513 has an inner surface that is inclined toward the center of the tapered opening 534b.
- a bending space 512 is secured between the splice 530 and the grip base 571 of the cable grip member 570 in which the extended optical fiber 521 can be bent and deformed.
- the splice 530 is a pressing member constituted by an elongated plate-like base member 531 and three lid members 321, 322, and 323 arranged in the longitudinal direction of the base member 531. It has a lid 532 and an elongated clamp spring 533 that elastically biases them in a direction to close them together.
- the base member 531 (base side element) and the lid members 321, 322, and 323 (lid side element) constitute a half gripping member 534.
- the splice 530 will be described with respect to the longitudinal direction, with the side on which the extended optical fiber 521 is inserted (left side in FIG. 35) as the rear and the opposite side (right side in FIG. 35) as the front.
- the lid member with the reference numeral 321 located at the rearmost side is also referred to as a rear lid member, and the reference numeral located at the foremost side
- the lid member 323 is also referred to as a front lid member.
- the lid member denoted by reference numeral 322 positioned between the rear lid member 321 and the front lid member 323 is also referred to as an intermediate lid member.
- the base member 531 of the splice 530 has an opposing surface 531a that faces the lid members 321, 322, and 323 over the entire length in the longitudinal direction.
- a centering groove 531b along the longitudinal direction of the base member 531 is formed at the center in the longitudinal direction (extending direction) of the facing surface 531a.
- the alignment groove 531b has a high precision so that the bare optical fiber 521a led out at the tip of the extended optical fiber 521 and the bare optical fiber 501a led out at the tip of the insertion optical fiber 501 can be connected to each other (optical connection).
- the alignment groove 531b is, for example, a V groove (a groove having a V-shaped cross section).
- the aligning groove 531b is not limited to the V-groove, and for example, a semicircular cross-sectional groove, a U-groove (groove having a U-shaped cross section), or the like can be used.
- the alignment groove 531b is formed in a portion facing the inner lid member 322 of the facing surface 531a of the base member 531.
- Covering portion insertion grooves 531c and 531d having a groove width larger than that of the alignment groove 531b are formed in a portion facing the rear lid member 321 and a portion facing the front lid member 323 on the facing surface 531a.
- the covering portion insertion grooves 531 c and 531 d are formed to extend along the longitudinal direction of the base member 531 on both sides of the alignment groove 531 b in the longitudinal direction of the base member 531.
- tapered taper grooves 531e and 531f are formed such that the groove width decreases from the covering portion insertion grooves 531c and 531d toward the alignment groove 531b.
- Each covering portion insertion groove 531c, 531d communicates with the alignment groove 531b through tapered grooves 531e, 531f.
- a covering portion insertion groove 323b into which the covering portion of the insertion optical fiber 501 is inserted is formed at a position corresponding to the covering portion insertion groove 531d of the base member 531.
- a cover portion insertion groove 321 b into which the cover portion of the insertion optical fiber 501 is inserted is formed on the facing surface 321 a of the rear cover member 321 at a position corresponding to the cover portion insertion groove 531 c of the base member 531.
- the part 534a is opened.
- the rear end (back end) of the tapered opening 534a communicates with the covering portion insertion grooves 323b and 531d.
- a tapered opening formed by a recess formed in a tapered shape in the rear lid member 321 and the base member 531 from the rear end surface toward the front side. 534b is open.
- the front end (back end) of the tapered opening 534b communicates with the covering portion insertion grooves 321b and 531c.
- the insertion piece of the insertion member 581 is formed on the side surface of the half-grip member 534 of the splice 530 that is exposed on the side opposite to the back plate portion 533a of the clamp spring 533 (hereinafter referred to as the open side).
- An insertion member insertion hole 535 for inserting the portion 581a is opened.
- the insertion member insertion hole 535 has two positions corresponding to the rear end portion and the front end portion of the inner lid member 322, and a position corresponding to the longitudinal center portion of the base member 531 of the rear lid member 321 and the front lid member 323. , Formed in a total of four places.
- the clamp spring 533 is formed of a single metal plate and extends from both sides of the elongated plate-like back plate portion 533a over the entire length in the longitudinal direction of the back plate portion 533a.
- the side plate portion 533b extends in a perpendicular manner to the back plate portion 533a.
- the base member 531 and the three lid members 321, 322, and 323 of the splice 530 have opposing surfaces 531 a, 321 a, 322 a, and 323 a facing each other substantially perpendicular to the interval direction of the pair of side plate portions 533 b of the clamp spring 533. It is held between the pair of side plate portions 533b in the direction.
- One of the pair of side plate portions 533 b contacts the base member 531, and the other side plate portion 533 b contacts the holding lid 532.
- the pair of side plate portions 533b of the clamp spring 533 is divided into three portions corresponding to the three lid members 321 322, and 323 of the pressing lid 532 of the splice 530 by the notch portions 533d.
- the clamp spring 533 includes a first clamp spring portion 331 that holds the rear lid member 321 and the base member 531, a second clamp spring portion 332 that holds the middle lid member 322 and the base member 531, and a front lid member 323. And a third clamp spring portion 333 that holds the base member 531.
- a pair of side plate portions of the first clamp spring portion 331 is denoted by reference numeral 331b
- a pair of side plate portions of the second clamp spring portion 332 is denoted by reference numeral 332b
- a pair of side plate portions of the third clamp spring portion 333 is denoted by reference numeral 333b.
- the end of the extended optical fiber 521 is inserted from one longitudinal end of the elongated half-shaped gripping member 534 of the splice 530 to the center in the longitudinal direction.
- a portion of the extended optical fiber 521 that is inserted between the base member 531 and the presser lid 532 constituting the half gripping member 534 is also referred to as an insertion end portion hereinafter.
- the portion of the bare optical fiber 521a at the tip is disposed between the base member 531 and the inner lid member 322, and the portion having the coating 521b is the base member 531 and the rear lid member 321. It is arranged between.
- the tip of the optical fiber 501 (hereinafter also referred to as an insertion optical fiber) is extended to the optical fiber 521. It can be butt-connected to the tip (tip of the insertion end).
- the fiber 501 can be held and fixed by the elasticity of the clamp spring 533.
- the insertion end portion of the insertion optical fiber 501 has a portion of the bare optical fiber 501a led out at the tip thereof disposed between the base member 531 and the inner lid member 322, and the covering 1b.
- a portion (covering portion) having a portion is disposed between the base member 531 and the front lid member 323.
- the cable gripping member 570 includes a grip base 571 in which a cable fitting groove (not shown) for fitting the optical fiber cable 524 is formed, and one of the side walls of the cable fitting groove of the grip base 571.
- a pressing lid 572 pivotally attached to the holding base 571 and a front protruding portion 575 protruding from the grip base 571.
- the cable gripping member 570 is preferably an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- the cable holding member 570 is attached to the terminal 524a of the optical fiber cable 524 by locking the holding lid 572 to the holding base 571 in the closed state.
- the slider 620 includes a substrate portion 621 and a pair of side wall portions 622 erected on the upper surface thereof.
- the slider 620 can hold the unit base 511 in a unit storage space 626 that is a space between the side wall portions 622.
- a recess 622 a is formed on the outer surface of the side wall 622.
- An engagement wall portion 587 of the splicing tool 580 is fitted into the recess 622a to define the position of the engagement wall portion 587 in the front-rear direction.
- a locking projection 627 that engages with the engagement recess 636 c of the elastic locking piece 636 of the connection jig 610 is formed to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 627 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) in which the front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- the side wall 622 is formed with a hole 625 into which the protruding claw 587a of the engaging wall 587 is inserted.
- the optical fiber cable 524 includes, for example, an optical fiber 521 embedded in a resin coating material 525 (also referred to as a jacket) together with a pair of linear strength members 526 vertically attached to the optical fiber 521.
- An optical fiber cable having a substantially rectangular cross section with an integrated configuration, and is used as an optical drop cable, an optical indoor cable, or the like.
- the optical fiber 521 is disposed at the center of the cross section of the optical fiber cable 524, and the pair of strength members 526 are disposed at positions separated from the optical fiber 521 on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the cross section of the optical fiber cable 524.
- the optical fiber 521 is a coated optical fiber such as an optical fiber core or an optical fiber.
- the extension optical fiber 521 and the insertion optical fiber 501 are coated optical fibers such as an optical fiber core and an optical fiber.
- single-core optical fiber core wires are employed as the extended optical fiber 521 and the insertion optical fiber 501.
- a bare optical fiber 521 a is led out at the distal end (front end) of the insertion end of the extended optical fiber 521.
- the butt connection between the extended optical fiber 521 and the insertion optical fiber 501 at the splice 530 is performed between the bare optical fiber 501a pierced at the distal end of the insertion optical fiber 501 and the bare optical fiber 521a at the distal end of the insertion end of the extended optical fiber 521. Realized by matching.
- a splicing tool 580 can be attached to the splice 530.
- the splicing tool 580 is used to pull out the insertion member 581 and the insertion member 581 that keeps the insertion piece 581a between the base member 531 and the presser lid 532 of the splice 530 by inserting the insertion piece portion 581a into an open state.
- the splicing tool 580 is attached with its front-rear direction aligned with the front-rear direction of the splice 530.
- the splicing tool 580 will be described assuming that the axial direction of the insertion member driving unit 582 is the front-rear direction.
- the splicing tool 580 has two insertion members 581.
- One of the two insertion members 581 also referred to as the first insertion member 581A
- the other also referred to as the second insertion member 581B
- the insertion member 581 includes a trunk portion 584 supported by an insertion member support portion 589 provided in the insertion member drive portion 582, and an insertion extending from the trunk portion 584 in the central axis Q direction of the insertion member drive portion 582. It has the piece support part 583 and the insertion piece part 581a protrudingly provided in the several extension direction of the insertion piece support part 583.
- the insertion member drive part 582 includes a pressure receiving wall part 586 facing the splice 530, an opposing wall part 585 facing the pressure receiving wall part 586 via the inner space 582A, and a space between the pressure receiving wall part 586 and the opposing wall part 585. And drive part side wall parts 588 on both the left and right sides.
- the pressure receiving wall portion 586 is formed in a flat plate shape having an insertion hole 582a through which the insertion piece support portion 583 is inserted.
- the dimension of the pressure receiving wall portion 586 in the front-rear direction is set so that the pressure receiving wall portion 586 can be fitted into the fitting concave portions 562c and 563c of the protruding wall portions 562 and 563.
- the insertion hole 582a is formed in the pressure receiving wall portion 586 in a slit shape extending from both ends in the front-rear direction in a direction approaching each other along the front-rear direction.
- the pressure receiving wall portion 586 has a shape having two plate-like main wall portions 586a arranged in the front-rear direction and a connecting portion 586b for connecting them.
- the opposing wall portion 585 is formed at a position facing the insertion hole 582a through the inner space 582A.
- the drive part side wall part 588 consists of the three board parts 588a connected through the thin part 588b, and the center thing is called the board part 588c for a press among these board parts 588a.
- the plate portion 588a has a thin portion 588b. It is displaced as a hinge part, and the separation distance between the pressure receiving wall part 586 and the opposing wall part 585 increases.
- the insertion member support portion 589 is formed on the lower surface of the opposing wall portion 585 so as to protrude toward the pressure receiving wall portion 586, and in this direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 31).
- An expanded recess 589b is formed inside the upper end of the through hole 589a.
- the trunk portion 584 is inserted into the through hole 589a and attached to the insertion member driving portion 582.
- Engaging claws 584a projecting outward are formed on the side surfaces of the distal end portion (extending end portion) of the trunk portion 584.
- the engaging claw 584a can engage with the step surface 589c of the recess 589b in the through hole 589a.
- a slightly longer separation distance is secured between the engaging claw 584a of the trunk portion 584 and the insertion piece support portion 583 than the length of the through hole 589a (vertical direction in FIG. 31). Therefore, the insertion member 581 is attached to the insertion member driving portion 582 while ensuring a slight movable range in the formation direction of the through hole 589a with respect to the opposing wall portion 585.
- the engaging claws 584a of the trunk portion 584 may be formed so that the distance from the insertion piece support portion 583 is the same as the length of the through hole 589a of the opposing wall portion 585.
- the engagement claw 584a and the step surface 589c of the trunk portion 584 are formed.
- the separation distance is different between the insertion member 581A and the insertion member 581B.
- the separation distance between the engaging claw 584a of the trunk portion 584 and the step surface 589c may be the same between the insertion member 581A and the insertion member 581B.
- the insertion piece support portion 583 extends from the lower end portion of the trunk portion 584 in the direction of the central axis Q of the insertion member drive portion 582.
- the insertion piece support portions 583 of the two insertion members 581 extend in directions opposite to each other. In FIG. 31, the insertion piece support portion 583 of the insertion member 581A extends to the left, and the insertion piece support portion 583 of the insertion member 581B extends to the right.
- the insertion piece support portion 583 is provided on the arm portion 583a extending from the lower end portion of the trunk portion 584 in the direction of the central axis Q of the insertion member driving portion 582, and on the extending end of the arm portion 583a.
- the head portion 583b is provided.
- the arm portion 583a is formed in a columnar shape having a substantially rectangular cross section.
- the arm portions 583a of the insertion members 581A and 581B extend rearward and forward, respectively, compared to the rear end and front end of the insertion member drive portion 582.
- the width dimension of the arm portion 583a is desirably a width that can enter between the protruding wall portions 562 and 563 of the unit base 511. Accordingly, since the arm portion 583a can be positioned between the projecting wall portions 562 and 563 when the splicing tool 580 is attached, the insertion piece portion 581a can be inserted at a position close to the splice 530.
- the head portion 583b includes a block-shaped main body portion 583c and protruding piece portions 583d that protrude outward from both side surfaces of the upper portion.
- the width dimension of the main body portion 583c is set to be approximately equal to or slightly smaller than the interval between the projecting wall portions 562 and 563 of the splice holding portion 560 of the unit base 511. Accordingly, the insertion member 581 can be stably positioned in the width direction with respect to the optical fiber connecting unit 510 by fitting the main body portion 583c between the protruding wall portions 562 and 563 of the splice holding portion 560.
- the insertion piece portion 581a is formed in a plate shape, and is formed in the insertion member drive unit 582 in a direction in which the thickness direction is perpendicular to the axial direction (front-rear direction) of the insertion member drive unit 582.
- the insertion piece portion 581a has a tapered shape with a tapered tip.
- the insertion piece portion 581 a can be inserted by inserting its tip between the base member 531 and the pressing lid 532.
- two insertion piece portions 581a are formed on the insertion piece support portion 583 at intervals in the front-rear direction. Specifically, one insertion piece portion 581a is formed on the arm portion 583a, and the other insertion piece portion 581a is formed on the head portion 583b.
- the number of insertion piece portions 581a formed on one insertion piece support portion 583 is not limited to two, and may be three or more.
- one (indicated by reference numeral 581b) is inserted between the rear end portion of the inner lid member 322 of the splice 530 and the base member 531, and the other ( The reference numeral 581c is attached) between the rear cover member 321 and the base member 531.
- one (indicated by reference numeral 581d) is inserted between the front end of the inner lid member 322 of the splice 530 and the base member 531 and the other (reference numeral 581e is inserted between the front lid member 323 and the base member 531.
- the splicing tool 580 is attached to the splice 530 with the pressure receiving wall portion 586 abutting against the half gripping member 534 of the splice 530.
- the splicing tool 580 can press both side portions (drive portion side wall portion 588) of the insertion member drive portion 582 (refer to the side pressure P) to approach each other. That is, as shown by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 30, by applying a lateral pressure P to the left and right pressing plate portions 588c and reducing the separation distance between these pressing plate portions 588c, the plate portion 588a has a thin wall portion. 588b is displaced as a hinge portion, and the separation distance between the pressure receiving wall portion 586 and the opposing wall portion 585 is increased. Accordingly, the trunk portion 584 engaged with the stepped surface 589c shown in FIG. 31 can be pushed up, and the insertion piece portion 581a can be removed from the splice 530.
- the engaging wall portion 587 (holding wall portion) is formed on both sides through the insertion hole 582a of the pressure receiving wall portion 586 so as to protrude to the outside of the insertion member driving portion 582.
- a protruding claw 587a protruding inward is formed at the protruding end of the engaging wall 587.
- the engaging wall portion 587 can be disposed in the concave portion 622a of the slider 620, and the protruding claws 587a can be engaged with the lower edge of the side wall portion 622 (the inner edge of the hole portion 625).
- connection jig 610 includes a first guide portion 632 for guiding the optical fiber connection unit 510, and a second guide portion 642 (fiber holder holding portion) for holding the fiber holder 590.
- a jig base 630 having The first guide part 632 includes a base part 634 on which a slide surface 633 for sliding the optical fiber connection unit 510 is formed, and guide wall parts 635 and 635 respectively protruding from both side edges.
- the pair of guide wall portions 635 are formed so as to extend in the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 632, and both side edge portions 621 a of the substrate portion 621 of the slider 620 placed on the slide surface 633 are in contact with each other. By contact, the movement of the optical fiber connecting unit 510 in the width direction can be restricted.
- a groove portion 635a for restricting the floating of the optical fiber connection unit 510 (movement of the optical fiber connection unit 510 in a direction away from the connection jig 610) is formed.
- the groove portion 635a is formed along the direction in which the first guide portion 632 is formed (front-rear direction), and the side edge portions 621a of the substrate portion 621 can enter to restrict the lift of the slider 620.
- the jig base 630 is formed with a pair of elastic locking pieces 636 for positioning the optical fiber connection unit 510 on the first guide portion 632.
- the elastic locking piece 636 has a locking projection 627 of the slider 620 at the tip of a curved plate portion 636 a that protrudes toward the slide surface 633 from the overhanging portion 638 that protrudes on both sides in the width direction of the first guide portion 632.
- a plate-like engagement piece 636b in which an engaging recess 636c is formed is provided so as to protrude.
- the curved plate portion 636a is formed in an arc plate shape that is curved with an axis line along the front-rear direction of the first guide portion 632.
- the protruding end of the curved plate portion 636a is positioned above the slide surface 633.
- the engaging piece portion 636b is formed to protrude on the slide surface 633 inward from the protruding end of the curved plate portion 636a.
- the engagement recess 636c of the engagement piece 636b is formed in a notch shape that is recessed from the protruding end of the engagement piece 636b in the front and rear center of the engagement piece 636b.
- the elastic locking piece 636 moves in the front-rear direction of the slider 620 relative to the first guide portion 632 when the locking protrusion 627 of the slider 620 enters the engaging recess 636 c and engages with the locking protrusion 627. Can be regulated. In this state, the elastic locking piece 636 sandwiches the slider 620 by the elasticity of the curved plate portion 636a and stably holds the slider 620.
- the elastic locking piece 636 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the optical fiber connecting unit 510 (slider 620) advanced along the first guide portion 632 and restricts the forward and backward movement.
- the second guide portion 642 includes a base portion 644 on which a slide surface 643 for sliding the fiber holder 590 is formed, and guide wall portions 645 and 645 respectively protruding from both side edges thereof.
- the pair of guide wall portions 645 are formed to extend in the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the second guide portion 642, abut against both side edges of the fiber holder 590 placed on the slide surface 643, and hold the fiber holder 590. Can be controlled in the width direction.
- a pair of elastic locking pieces 646 for positioning the fiber holder 590 are formed on the jig base 630.
- the elastic locking piece 646 has a plate-like engaging piece 646b in which an engaging recess 646c into which the locking protrusion 598 of the fiber holder 590 enters is formed at the tip of the protruding plate 646a protruding from the jig base 630. It is the structure which projected.
- the engagement piece portion 646b is formed to project on the slide surface 643 inward from the protruding end of the protruding plate portion 646a.
- the engagement recess 646c of the engagement piece 646b is formed in a notch shape that is recessed from the projecting end of the engagement piece 646b at the front and rear center of the engagement piece 646b.
- the elastic locking piece 646 has a longitudinal direction of the fiber holder 590 relative to the second guide portion 642 when the locking projection 598 of the fiber holder 590 enters the engaging recess 646c and engages with the locking projection 598. Can be controlled. In this state, the elastic locking piece 646 sandwiches the fiber holder 590 by the elasticity of the protruding plate portion 646a, and stably holds the fiber holder 590.
- the elastic locking piece 646 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the fiber holder 590 advanced along the second guide portion 642 and restricts its advancement and retreat.
- a groove 639 is formed on the slide surface 633 of the first guide part 632 along the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide part 632.
- An elastic protruding piece 637 protruding on the slide surface 633 is formed at the bottom of the groove 639. Since the elastic protruding piece 637 can be elastically bent and deformed at the base end portion, when the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is advanced on the slide surface 633, the elastic protruding piece 637 is pushed down by the optical fiber connecting unit 510 and thus has a groove 639. Therefore, the forward movement of the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is not hindered.
- the optical fiber holder 590 includes a base portion 591 and a lid 592 that is rotatably coupled to the base portion 591, and the insertion optical fiber 501 on the base portion 591 is attached to the lid.
- the body 592 can be pressed and fixed to the base portion 591.
- the direction approaching the optical fiber connecting unit 510 may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the base portion 591 includes a base portion 595, one side extending wall portion 596 extending forward from one side portion of the front end surface thereof, and the other side extending forward from the other side portion of the front end surface of the base portion 595. And an extending wall portion 597.
- the unit housing space 599 secured between the one-side extending portion 596 and the other-side extending portion 597 can accommodate the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 510.
- a positioning groove 591a is formed on the upper surface of the base portion 591 (base portion 595).
- the positioning groove 591a is a groove portion for positioning the insertion optical fiber 501, and may have, for example, a substantially V-shaped cross section, a substantially U-shaped cross section, or a semicircular cross section.
- Locking protrusions 598 that engage with the engagement recesses 646 c of the elastic locking pieces 646 are formed on the outer surfaces of the one-side extension part 596 and the other-side extension part 597 so as to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 598 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) in which the front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- a first deflection width L1 is formed between the rear end of the splice 530 and the cable gripping member 570.
- the bending width is the length of an optical fiber that may cause bending deformation when butt-connecting.
- a predetermined bending width (second bending width L2) is provided between the front end side of the splice 530 and the fiber holder 590. Secured. If the second bending width L2 is shorter than the first bending width L1, the bending deformation 521c can be relatively easily generated on the first bending width L1 side as compared with the second bending width L2 side. .
- the insertion piece 581a is inserted between the gripping members 534 of the splice 530, and the splice 530 is inserted into the inserted light.
- the fibers 501 and 521 can be moved freely in the insertion and extraction directions.
- the main body portion 583c of the insertion piece support portion 583 is fitted between the projecting wall portions 562 and 563 of the splice holding portion 560. Thereby, the movement in the width direction of the insertion member 581 is restricted. For this reason, the insertion member 581 can be stably positioned with respect to the optical fiber connecting unit 510. Further, the splicing tool 580 is moved in the front-rear direction with respect to the unit base 511 by fitting the insertion member driving portion 582 (pressure receiving wall portion 586) into the fitting concave portions 562c, 563c of the protruding wall portions 562, 563. Movement is restricted and positioned.
- the engaging wall portion 587 is disposed in the concave portion 622a of the slider 620, and the projection claw 587a is engaged with the lower edge of the side wall portion 622 (the inner edge of the hole portion 625), whereby the splicing tool 580 is These mutual movements are restricted in the form of holding 511 and slider 620.
- the splicing tool 580 fits the body portion 583c of the insertion piece support portion 583 into the splice holding portion 560 and the insertion member drive portion 582 (pressure receiving wall portion 586) of the protruding wall portions 562 and 563.
- the insertion optical fiber 501 is disposed in the positioning groove 591a of the base portion 591 and is pressed and fixed to the base portion 591 by the lid 592.
- the insertion optical fiber 501 is fixed to the fiber holder 590 while ensuring a predetermined forward projection length.
- the protruding length of the insertion optical fiber 501 from the fiber holder 590 is set so that the bare optical fibers 501 a and 521 a are abutted at the optimum position in the splice 530 when the insertion optical fiber 501 is not bent.
- the protruding length is, for example, a length that allows the end of the bare optical fiber 501a to reach the center position of the splice 530 when the optical fiber connecting unit 510 and the fiber holder 590 are positioned by the elastic locking pieces 636 and 646. Can do.
- the fiber holder 590 is placed on the slide surface 643 of the second rail portion 642, and the locking projection 598 is engaged with the engagement recess 646c of the elastic locking piece 646. Accordingly, the fiber holder 590 is positioned on the slide surface 643 in a state where the fiber holder 590 is sandwiched by the elastic locking pieces 646 and stably held.
- the cable gripping member 570 that grips the optical fiber cable 524 is placed on the gripping member holding portion 550 and advanced on the base portion 551, thereby extending light to one end side of the splice 530.
- the fiber 521 is inserted.
- the protruding length of the optical fiber 521 extending from the front end of the cable fitting groove 571a of the grip base 571 is such that the optical fiber 521 in the splice 530 is bare when the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is in the forward limit position (described later). It is slightly longer than the distance to the optical fiber 521a.
- the lever member 650 is rotated to regulate the backward movement of the cable gripping member 570.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is placed on the slide surface 633 of the first guide portion 632 of the connection jig 610.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is restricted from moving in the width direction by the guide wall portion 635.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is advanced toward the fiber holder 590.
- the side edge portions 621a of the substrate portion 621 enter the groove portion 635a on the inner surface of the side wall portion 635, so that the lift of the slider 620 is restricted. Is possible.
- the insertion optical fiber 501 is inserted into the covering portion insertion grooves 531d and 323b of the splice 530 in the splice holding portion 560 by the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 510.
- the bare optical fiber 501a of the insertion optical fiber 501 is inserted into the alignment groove 531b, and is attached to the tip of the bare optical fiber 521a of the extended optical fiber 521. It is hit.
- Reference C1 is a butt connection position.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is further advanced, and the locking protrusion 627 is engaged with the engaging recess 636c of the elastic locking piece 636.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is positioned on the slide surface 633 in a state in which the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is sandwiched between the elastic locking pieces 636 and stably held.
- the position of the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is referred to as a forward limit position.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 510 is accommodated in a unit accommodating space 599 secured between the one side extending portion 596 and the other side extending portion 597 of the fiber holder 590.
- a second deflection width L2 shorter than the first deflection width L1 is secured between the holder 590 and the holder 590. Since the buckling stress of the extended optical fiber 521 having the relatively long first bending width L1 is relatively low (provided that the optical fibers 501 and 521 are the same type of fibers), the splice 530 and the cable gripping member The extended optical fiber 521 between the 570 and 570 is first bent and deformed (buckled). Once the extension optical fiber 521 is bent, the insertion optical fiber 501 between the splice 530 and the fiber holder 590 is not bent.
- a lateral pressure P is applied from both sides to the insertion member driving portion 582 (left and right pressing plate portions 588c) of the splicing tool 580, and the separation between the pressing plate portions 588c is performed.
- the opposing wall 585 is raised by reducing the distance.
- the insertion member support portion 589 also rises as the opposing wall portion 585 rises, so the trunk portion 584 engaged with the step surface 589 c is pushed up, and the insertion piece support portion 583 rises. For this reason, the insertion piece 581a can be removed from the splice 530. If the two insertion members 581A and 581B are lifted simultaneously, the four insertion piece portions 581a can be removed from the splice 530 almost simultaneously.
- the gap between the engagement claw 584a of the trunk portion 584 and the step surface 589c is obtained.
- the separation distance differs between the insertion member 581A and the insertion member 581B. For this reason, the removal of the insertion member 581A and the removal of the insertion member 581B can be performed not at the same time but with a time interval. For example, the removal of the first insertion member 581A can be performed prior to the removal of the second insertion member 581B.
- the arm portion 583a of the insertion piece support portion 583 When the arm portion 583a of the insertion piece support portion 583 has sufficient rigidity, the arm portion 583a rises while maintaining its posture, so that the two insertion piece portions 581a of each insertion member 581 rise simultaneously. To do.
- a lateral pressure P is applied to the insertion member driving portion 582 from both sides to raise the trunk portion 584, thereby inserting the insertion portion.
- the insertion piece portion 581a (insertion piece portion 581b) on the base end side of the first insertion member 581A is accompanied by bending deformation of the arm portion 583a.
- the insertion piece portion 581a (insertion piece portion 581d) on the proximal end side rises ahead of the insertion piece portion 581a (insertion piece portion 581e) on the extension end side.
- the optical fibers 501 and 521 (bare optical fibers 501a and 521a) including the butt connection position (the center portion of the splice 530) are gripped in advance, and then the optical fibers 501 and 521 on the end side of the splice 530 are used. Therefore, bending of the optical fibers 501 and 521 can be removed.
- the half gripping member 534 of the splice 530 grips and fixes the bare optical fibers 501a and 521a while maintaining the butted state by the elasticity of the clamp spring 533.
- the work of butting and connecting (optical connection) the extended optical fiber 521 and the insertion optical fiber 501 is completed at the splice 530.
- the extension optical fiber 521 and the insertion optical fiber 501 that have been connected are gripped and fixed to the half gripping member 534 of the splice 530, so that the butted state of the bare optical fibers 501a and 521a can be stably maintained.
- Most of the bending deformation 521c of the extended optical fiber 521 is surrounded by the holding member holding portion 550 and the lever member 650 of the unit base 511, and is protected from external force.
- the optical fiber connection tool 600 connecting the extended optical fiber 521 and the insertion optical fiber 501 can be stored and installed in an optical fiber connection box (for example, a closure, an optical termination box, etc.).
- an optical fiber connection box for example, a closure, an optical termination box, etc.
- the insertion piece portions 581a project from a plurality of locations in the extending direction of the insertion piece support portion 583, and therefore, by applying a lateral pressure to the insertion member driving portion 582, a plurality of insertion pieces are provided.
- the portion 581a can be easily removed from the splice 530. Since the insertion piece support portion 583 is formed so as to extend in the central axis direction of the insertion member drive portion 582, the extension direction from the insertion member drive portion 582 is operated by operating the insertion member drive portion 582.
- the insertion piece portion 581a that is spaced apart from each other can also be reliably operated.
- the body portion 583c of the insertion piece support portion 583 is fitted between the projecting wall portions 562 and 563 of the splice holding portion 560, and the insertion member drive portion 582 (pressure receiving wall).
- Part 586) is fitted into the fitting recesses 562c and 563c of the projecting wall parts 562 and 563, whereby the splicing tool 580 is positioned with its movement in the front-rear direction and the width direction being restricted with respect to the unit base 511. .
- the engaging wall portion 587 is disposed in the concave portion 622a of the slider 620, and the projection claw 587a is engaged with the lower edge of the side wall portion 622 (the inner edge of the hole portion 625), whereby the splicing tool 580 is These mutual movements are restricted in the form of holding 511 and slider 620.
- the splicing tool 580 can be reattached to the unit base 511 with an easy operation.
- the insertion optical fiber is not particularly limited.
- an optical fiber laid in a vertical hole for example, an elevator hoistway
- an indoor optical fiber for example, an elevator hoistway
- an optical composite electronic device for example, an optical fiber etc.
- the optical fiber connection tool 800 is inserted into the optical fiber connection unit 710 attached to the terminal 724a of the optical fiber cable 724 and the extended optical fiber 721 drawn out from the terminal 724a.
- a first fiber holder 790 (first optical fiber fixing portion) that holds the optical fiber 701 and a connection jig 810 on which these are placed are provided.
- the vertical direction may be defined in accordance with the vertical direction in FIG.
- An optical fiber connecting unit 710 (first optical fiber connecting unit) is configured by inserting an extended optical fiber 721 (first optical fiber, one optical fiber) drawn from the end of the optical fiber cable 724 into an insertion optical fiber 701 ( A mechanical splice 730 (first mechanical splice, connecting mechanism) that holds and fixes the second optical fiber, the other optical fiber), and a cable holding member 770 (optical fiber holding portion) that holds the optical fiber cable 724 A unit base 711 for holding them and a slider 820 (guided portion) are provided.
- the direction approaching the fiber holder 790 (the right direction in FIG. 40) may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the mechanical splice is also simply called “splice”.
- the unit base 711 includes a mechanical splice holding portion 760 (hereinafter referred to as a splice holding portion 760) that holds the splice 730 in a detachable manner, and an optical fiber cable 724.
- a gripping member holding portion 750 that holds a cable gripping member 770 that detachably grips the terminal 724a.
- the splice holding portion 760 includes a base portion 761, a one side protruding wall portion 762 erected on one side edge of the base portion 761, and another side protruding wall portion 763 erected on the other side edge of the base portion 761.
- the splice holding portion 760 can store and hold the splice 730 in a splice storage space 767 secured between the one protruding wall portion 762 and the other protruding wall portion 763 facing each other.
- fitting concave portions 762c and 763c into which the insertion member driving portion 782 (pressure receiving wall portion 786) of the splicing tool 780 is fitted are formed at intermediate positions in the length direction. ing.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is connected to the fiber holder 790 on the outer surface 762a of the one-side protruding wall portion 762 (corresponding to the one-side extending portion 796 side of the fiber holder 790).
- a collation concave portion 762b into which the collation convex portion 796b of the fiber holder 790 can enter when it is accommodated in the unit accommodating space 799 is formed.
- the matching concave portion 762b has a rectangular cross section along the matching convex portion 796b having a rectangular cross section.
- the collation recess 762b is formed in a groove shape along the front-rear direction.
- the separation distance between the front projecting wall portion 764 and the rear projecting wall portion 765 is set according to the longitudinal dimension of the splice 730, and the splice 730 is formed by the front projecting wall portion 764 and the rear projecting wall portion 765.
- the positional deviation in the front-rear direction with respect to the portion 761 is restricted.
- the splice holder 760 can hold the splice 730 so as to be detachable.
- the holding member holding portion 750 is provided on the base portion 751, the one-side protruding wall portion 752 erected on one side edge of the base portion 751, and the other side edge of the base portion 751.
- the other side protruding wall portion 753 erected and the lever member 850 for positioning the cable gripping member 770 are provided, and the cable gripping member 770 can be held on the base portion 751.
- the lever member 850 includes a cover plate 851 that covers the cable gripping member 770 held by the gripping member holding portion 750, and side plates 852 and 852 that are provided on both sides of the cover plate 851. And a regulating piece 854.
- the lever member 850 rotates around the rotation shafts 755 on both sides of the gripping member holding portion 750, thereby holding the cable gripping member 770 and restricting its retreat (position indicated by a solid line in FIG. 49). And a standby position (a position indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 49) in which the backward movement of the cable gripping member 770 is not restricted.
- the side plate 852 has a bearing hole 852a into which the rotation shaft 755 protruding from both sides of the holding member holding portion 750 is inserted.
- the lever member 850 is pivotally attached to the gripping member holding portion 750.
- the lever member 850 can restrict the retraction of the cable gripping member 770 with respect to the unit base 711 by disposing the retraction restricting piece 854 (see FIG. 54) on the rear side of the cable gripping member 770 at the restricting position.
- the side plate 852 has an engagement hole 852 b that engages with an engagement protrusion 750 b that protrudes from the outer surface 750 a of the gripping member holding portion 750. By engaging the engagement protrusion 750b with the engagement hole 852b, the lever member 850 can be maintained in the restricted position.
- the holding member holding part 750 and the splice holding part 760 are preferably formed integrally.
- it can be an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- a structure in which the holding member holding portion 750 has a plate-like guide member (not shown) that is slidably provided on the cable holding member 770 can be cited.
- the guide member is housed inside the gripping member holding portion 750 by moving forward together with the cable gripping member 770.
- the tip of the extended optical fiber 721 protruding from the front protruding portion 775 of the cable holding member 770 is formed between the holding member holding portion 750 and the splice holding portion 760, and the splice 730 is tapered.
- An optical fiber guide portion 713 for guiding toward the opening 734b (see FIG. 40) is provided.
- the optical fiber guide 713 has an inner surface that is inclined toward the center of the tapered opening 734b, and the tip of the extended optical fiber 721 is spliced 730 when the cable gripping member 770 is inserted into the gripping member holding portion 750. Can be guided to the tapered opening 734b.
- a bending space 712 is secured between the splice 730 and the grip base 771 of the cable gripping member 770 in which the extended optical fiber 721 can bend and deform.
- the splice 730 is a pressing member constituted by an elongated plate-like base member 731 and three lid members 321, 322, and 323 arranged and arranged along the longitudinal direction of the base member 731. It has a lid 732 and an elongated clamp spring 733 that elastically biases them in a direction to close them together.
- the base member 731 (base-side element) and the lid members 321, 322, and 323 (lid-side element) constitute a half-grip member 734.
- the splice 730 will be described with the side in which the extended optical fiber 721 is inserted (left side in FIG. 46) as the rear and the opposite side (right side in FIG. 46) as the front in the longitudinal direction.
- the lid member with the reference numeral 321 located on the rearmost side is also referred to as a rear lid member, and the symbol located on the frontmost side.
- the lid member 323 is also referred to as a front lid member.
- the lid member denoted by reference numeral 322 positioned between the rear lid member 321 and the front lid member 323 is also referred to as an intermediate lid member.
- the base member 731 of the splice 730 has a facing surface 731a facing the lid members 321, 322, and 323 over the entire length in the longitudinal direction.
- a centering groove 731b along the longitudinal direction of the base member 731 is formed at the center of the opposing surface 731a in the longitudinal direction (extending direction).
- the alignment groove 731b has a high precision so that the bare optical fiber 721a led out at the tip of the extended optical fiber 721 and the bare optical fiber 701a led out at the tip of the insertion optical fiber 701 can be connected to each other (optical connection).
- the alignment groove 731b is, for example, a V-groove (a groove having a V-shaped cross section).
- the aligning groove 731b is not limited to the V-groove, and for example, a semicircular cross-sectional groove, a U-groove (groove having a U-shaped cross section), or the like can be used.
- the alignment groove 731b is formed in a portion facing the inner lid member 322 of the facing surface 731a of the base member 731.
- Covering portion insertion grooves 731c and 731d having a groove width larger than that of the aligning groove 731b are formed in a portion facing the rear lid member 321 of the facing surface 731a and a portion facing the front lid member 323.
- the covering portion insertion grooves 731c and 731d are formed to extend along the longitudinal direction of the base member 731 on both sides of the alignment groove 731b in the longitudinal direction of the base member 731.
- tapered taper grooves 731e and 731f are formed such that the groove width decreases from the covering portion insertion grooves 731c and 731d toward the alignment groove 731b.
- Each covering portion insertion groove 731c, 731d communicates with the alignment groove 731b through tapered grooves 731e, 731f.
- a covering portion insertion groove 323b into which the covering portion of the insertion optical fiber 701 is inserted is formed at a position corresponding to the covering portion insertion groove 731d of the base member 731.
- a cover portion insertion groove 321 b into which the cover portion of the insertion optical fiber 701 is inserted is formed on the facing surface 321 a of the rear cover member 321 at a position corresponding to the cover portion insertion groove 731 c of the base member 731.
- the part 734a is opened.
- the rear end (back end) of the tapered opening 734a communicates with the covering portion insertion grooves 323b and 731d.
- a tapered opening formed by a recess formed in a tapered shape in the rear lid member 321 and the base member 731 from the rear end surface to the front side. 734b is open.
- the front end (back end) of the tapered opening 734b communicates with the covering portion insertion grooves 321b and 731c.
- the insertion piece of the insertion member 781 is disposed on the side surface of the half-grip member 734 of the splice 730 that is exposed on the side opposite to the back plate portion 733a of the clamp spring 733 (hereinafter referred to as the open side).
- An insertion member insertion hole 735 for inserting the portion 781a is opened.
- the insertion member insertion hole 735 has two locations corresponding to the rear end portion and the front end portion of the middle lid member 322 and a position corresponding to the center portion of the rear lid member 321 and the front lid member 323 in the longitudinal direction of the base member 731. It is formed in four places in total.
- the clamp spring 733 is formed of a single metal plate and extends from both sides of the elongated plate-like back plate portion 733a over the entire length in the longitudinal direction of the back plate portion 733a.
- the side plate portion 733b is extended perpendicularly to the back plate portion 733a.
- the base member 731 and the three lid members 321, 322, and 323 of the splice 730 have opposed surfaces 731 a, 321 a, 322 a, and 323 a that are substantially perpendicular to the interval direction of the pair of side plate portions 733 b of the clamp spring 733. It is held between the pair of side plate portions 733b in the direction.
- One of the pair of side plate portions 733 b contacts the base member 731, and the other side plate portion 733 b contacts the holding lid 732.
- the pair of side plate portions 733b of the clamp spring 733 is divided into three portions corresponding to the three lid members 321, 322, and 323 of the pressing lid 732 of the splice 730 by the notch portions 733d.
- the clamp spring 733 includes a first clamp spring portion 331 that holds the rear lid member 321 and the base member 731, a second clamp spring portion 332 that holds the inner lid member 322 and the base member 731, and a front lid member 323. And a third clamp spring portion 333 that holds the base member 731.
- a pair of side plate portions of the first clamp spring portion 331 is denoted by reference numeral 331b
- a pair of side plate portions of the second clamp spring portion 332 is denoted by reference numeral 332b
- a pair of side plate portions of the third clamp spring portion 333 is denoted by reference numeral 333b.
- the end of the extended optical fiber 721 is inserted from one longitudinal end of the elongated half-split grip member 734 of the splice 730 to the center in the longitudinal direction.
- a portion of the extended optical fiber 721 that is inserted between the base member 731 and the pressing lid 732 constituting the half gripping member 734 is also referred to as an insertion end portion hereinafter.
- the portion of the bare optical fiber 721a at the tip thereof is disposed between the base member 731 and the inner lid member 322, and the portion having the coating 721b is the base member 731 and the rear lid member 321. It is arranged between.
- the tip of the optical fiber 701 (hereinafter also referred to as an insertion optical fiber) is extended to the optical fiber 721. It can be butt-connected to the tip (insertion end tip).
- the fiber 701 can be held and fixed by the elasticity of the clamp spring 733.
- the insertion end portion of the insertion optical fiber 701 has a portion of the bare optical fiber 701a led out at the tip thereof disposed between the base member 731 and the inner lid member 322, and the covering 1b.
- a portion (covering portion) having a gap is disposed between the base member 731 and the front lid member 323.
- the cable gripping member 770 includes a grip base 771 in which a cable fitting groove 771a into which the optical fiber cable 724 is fitted is formed, and side walls on both sides in the groove width direction of the cable fitting groove 771a of the grip base 771.
- a holding lid 772 pivotally attached to one of the portions 771b and 771c and a front protruding portion 775 protruding from the grip base 771 are provided.
- the grip base 771 is provided with a pair of side wall portions 771b and 771c on a bottom wall portion 771d, and a cable fitting groove 771a is secured between them.
- a plurality of gripping projections 771 f that grip the terminal 724 a of the optical fiber cable 724 are formed on the surfaces of the side wall portions 771 b and 771 c facing each other.
- the gripping protrusion 771f of the cable gripping member 770 in the illustrated example is a protrusion having a triangular cross section extending in the depth direction of the cable fitting groove 771a.
- the presser lid 772 includes a top plate portion 772a connected to the first side wall portion 771b of the grip base 771 through the thin portion 773, and a top plate portion 772a from the end opposite to the thin portion 773 of the top plate portion 772a. And a locking plate portion 772b formed perpendicularly. Since the thin portion 773 functions as a hinge portion, the presser lid 772 is rotatable with an axis line along the extending direction of the cable fitting groove 771a.
- the other of the pair of side wall portions 771b and 771c of the grip base 771 is also referred to as a second side wall portion 771c.
- the presser lid 772 is configured so that the claw 771e on the outer surface of the second side wall 771c engages with the locking window hole 772c when the top plate 772a closes the cable fitting groove 771a (closed state).
- the cable gripping member 770 is preferably an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- the front protruding portion 775 has an L-shaped plate shape having a bottom wall portion 775b and a side wall portion 775c protruding from the upper surface side of the bottom wall portion 775b, and a cable fitting groove on the front end portion 771g of the grip base 771. 771a extends in the extending direction.
- An optical fiber holding groove 774 that accommodates the extended optical fiber 721 is formed on the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 775b along the extending direction of the front protruding portion 775. Since the optical fiber holding groove 774 is formed to open upward, the upward movement of the extended optical fiber 721 accommodated therein is not restricted. Therefore, the portion of the extended optical fiber 721 held in the optical fiber holding groove 774 can be bent upward and deformed.
- the gripping projections 771f of the side wall portions 771b and 771c of the grip base 771 become optical fibers.
- the terminal 724a of the optical fiber cable 724 is held and fixed by coming into contact with the side surface of the jacket 725 of the cable 724.
- the front end of the jacket 725 of the optical fiber cable 724 preferably reaches the front end of the cable fitting groove 771a.
- the cable gripping member 770 is attached to the terminal 724a of the optical fiber cable 724 by locking the pressing lid 772 to the side wall portion 771c in the closed state.
- the slider 820 includes a substrate portion 821 and a pair of side wall portions 822 that are erected on the upper surface thereof.
- the slider 820 can hold the unit base 711 in a unit storage space 826 that is a space between the side wall portions 822.
- a concave portion 822 a is formed on the outer surface of the side wall portion 822.
- An engagement wall portion 787 of a splicing tool 780 is fitted into the recess 822a, and defines the position of the engagement wall portion 787 in the front-rear direction.
- a locking projection 827 that engages with the engagement recess 836c of the elastic locking piece 836 of the connection jig 810 is formed to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 827 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) in which the front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- the side wall part 822 is formed with a hole part 825 into which the protruding claw 787a of the engaging wall part 787 is inserted.
- an optical fiber cable 724 is formed by embedding an optical fiber 721 in a resin coating material 725 (also referred to as a jacket) together with a pair of linear strength members 726 vertically attached to the optical fiber 721.
- An optical fiber cable having a substantially rectangular cross section with an integrated configuration, and is used as an optical drop cable, an optical indoor cable, or the like.
- the optical fiber 721 is disposed at the center of the cross section of the optical fiber cable 724, and the pair of strength members 726 are disposed at positions separated from the optical fiber 721 on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the cross section of the optical fiber cable 724.
- the optical fiber 721 is a coated optical fiber such as an optical fiber core or an optical fiber.
- the extension optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701 are coated optical fibers such as an optical fiber core and an optical fiber.
- single-core optical fiber cores are employed as the extended optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701.
- a bare optical fiber 721 a is led out at the distal end (front end) of the insertion end of the extended optical fiber 721.
- the splicing 730 has a butt connection between the extended optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701.
- the butt connection between the bare optical fiber 701a led to the distal end of the insertion optical fiber 701 and the bare optical fiber 721a at the distal end of the insertion end of the extension optical fiber 721 It is realized by.
- a splicing tool 780 can be attached to the splice 730.
- the splicing tool 780 includes two insertion members 781 having an insertion piece portion 781a that spreads between the base member 731 and the presser lid 732 of the splice 730, and a sleeve-like insertion member that drives the insertion member 781. It has a drive part 782 and a pair of engaging wall part 787 which protrudes from the insertion member drive part 782.
- the two insertion members 781 are attached to the insertion member drive part 782 so as to be separated from each other in the axial direction (front-rear direction).
- the insertion member 781 includes a trunk portion 784 supported by an insertion member support portion 789 provided in the insertion member drive portion 782, and an insertion piece extending from the trunk portion 784 in the central axis direction of the insertion member drive portion 782. It has the support part 783 and the insertion piece part 781a protrudingly provided in the extension direction several places (2 illustrations) of the insertion piece support part 783. As shown in FIG. These insertion piece parts 781 a are formed at intervals in the length direction of the insertion member main body 783.
- the insertion member drive part 782 includes a pressure receiving wall part 786 that faces the splice 730, an opposing wall part 785 that faces the pressure receiving wall part 786, and a pressure receiving wall part 786 and the opposing wall part. 785 and the drive part side wall part 788 on both the left and right sides.
- the pressure receiving wall portion 786 is positioned by restricting the movement of the splicing tool 780 in the front-rear direction with respect to the unit base 711 by fitting into the fitting recesses 762 c and 763 c of the protruding wall portions 762 and 763.
- the insertion member support portion 789 is formed on the lower surface of the opposing wall portion 785 of the insertion member drive portion 782 so as to protrude toward the pressure receiving wall portion 786, and penetrates in this direction (vertical direction) inside. It has a hole 789a.
- a recess 789b having a step surface 789c is formed in the through hole 789a.
- the trunk portion 784 is attached to the insertion member driving portion 782 through the through hole 789a.
- An engaging claw 784a that protrudes outward is formed on the side surface of the distal end portion (extending end portion) of the trunk portion 784.
- the engaging claw 784a can engage with a step surface 789c in the through hole 789a.
- the splicing tool 780 is attached to the splice 730 in a state where the insertion piece 781a is inserted between the base member 731 of the splice 730 and the pressing lid 732.
- the splicing tool 780 can press both side portions (drive portion side wall portion 788) of the insertion member drive portion 782 (see the side pressure P) to approach each other. That is, by applying a lateral pressure P to the driving unit side wall part 788 (pressing plate part 788c) and reducing the separation distance between these pressing plate parts 788c, the driving unit side wall part 788 is deformed to receive the pressure receiving wall part 786. The distance between the wall 785 and the opposing wall 785 is increased, the trunk 784 engaged with the stepped surface 789c is pushed up, and the insertion piece 781a can be removed from the splice 730.
- the engagement wall portion 787 is formed so as to protrude from both sides of the pressure receiving wall portion 786 to the outside of the insertion member driving portion 782.
- a protruding claw 787 a protruding inward is formed at the protruding end of the engaging wall portion 787.
- the engaging wall portion 787 can be disposed in the concave portion 822a of the slider 820, and the projecting claw 787a can be engaged with the lower edge of the side wall portion 822 (the inner edge of the hole portion 825). Is attached to the splice 730 so as to hold the unit base 711 and the slider 820, and their mutual movement is restricted.
- the connection jig 810 includes a first guide portion 832 for guiding the optical fiber connection unit 710 and a second guide portion 842 (fiber holder holding portion) for holding the fiber holder 790.
- a tool base 830 is provided.
- the first guide portion 832 includes a base portion 834 on which a slide surface 833 for sliding the optical fiber connection unit 710 is formed, and guide wall portions 835 and 835 respectively protruding from both side edges.
- the pair of guide wall portions 835 are formed to extend in the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 832, and both side edge portions 821 a of the substrate portion 821 of the slider 820 placed on the slide surface 833 are in contact with each other. By contacting, the movement of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 in the width direction can be restricted.
- a groove portion 835a that restricts the floating of the optical fiber connection unit 710 (movement of the optical fiber connection unit 710 in a direction away from the connection jig 810) is formed.
- the groove portion 835a is formed along the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 832, and the lift of the slider 820 can be restricted by the side edges 821a of the substrate portion 821 entering.
- the jig base 830 is formed with a pair of elastic locking pieces 836 for positioning the optical fiber connection unit 710 on the first guide portion 832.
- the elastic locking piece 836 has a locking projection 827 of the slider 820 at the tip of the curved plate portion 836a protruding from the projecting portion 838 projecting on both sides of the first guide portion 832 in the width direction.
- a plate-like engagement piece portion 836b in which an engaging recess 836c is formed is provided so as to protrude.
- the curved plate portion 836a is formed in an arc plate shape that is curved with an axis along the front-rear direction of the first guide portion 832.
- the protruding end of the curved plate portion 836a is located above the slide surface 833.
- the engaging piece portion 836b is formed to project on the slide surface 833 from the protruding end of the curved plate portion 836a inward.
- the engaging recess 836c of the engaging piece portion 836b is formed in a notch shape that is recessed from the protruding end of the engaging piece portion 836b at the front and rear central portions of the engaging piece portion 836b.
- the elastic locking piece 836 moves in the front-rear direction of the slider 820 relative to the first guide portion 832 when the locking protrusion 827 of the slider 820 enters the engaging recess 836 c and engages with the locking protrusion 827. Can be regulated. In this state, the elastic locking piece 836 sandwiches the slider 820 by the elasticity of the curved plate portion 836a, and stably holds the slider 820.
- the elastic locking piece 836 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the optical fiber connecting unit 710 (slider 820) advanced along the first guide portion 832 and restricts the forward and backward movement.
- the second guide portion 842 includes a base portion 844 on which a slide surface 843 for sliding the fiber holder 790 is formed, and guide wall portions 845 and 845 respectively protruding from both side edges thereof.
- the pair of guide wall portions 845 are formed so as to extend in the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the second guide portion 842, abut against both side edges of the fiber holder 790 placed on the slide surface 843, and hold the fiber holder 790. Can be controlled in the width direction.
- a pair of elastic locking pieces 846 for positioning the fiber holder 790 are formed on the jig base 830.
- the elastic locking piece 846 is a plate-like engaging piece 846b in which an engaging recess 846c into which the locking protrusion 798 of the fiber holder 790 enters is formed at the tip of the protruding plate 846a protruding from the jig base 830. It is the structure which projected.
- the engagement piece portion 846b is formed to project on the slide surface 843 inward from the protruding end of the protruding plate portion 846a.
- the engagement recess 846c of the engagement piece portion 846b is formed in a notch shape recessed from the protruding end of the engagement piece portion 846b at the front and rear central portions of the engagement piece portion 846b.
- the elastic locking piece 846 has a longitudinal direction of the fiber holder 790 relative to the second guide portion 842 when the locking projection 798 of the fiber holder 790 enters the engaging recess 846c and engages with the locking projection 798. Can be controlled. In this state, the elastic locking piece 846 sandwiches the fiber holder 790 by the elasticity of the protruding plate portion 846a, and stably holds the fiber holder 790.
- the elastic locking piece 846 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the fiber holder 790 advanced along the second guide portion 842 and restricts its advancement and retreat.
- a groove portion 839 is formed on the slide surface 833 of the first guide portion 832 along the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 832.
- An elastic protruding piece 837 protruding on the slide surface 833 is formed at the bottom of the groove 839.
- the elastic protruding piece 837 extends along the front-rear direction along the front-rear direction from the inclined plate part 837 a extending while gradually rising in the direction approaching the second guide part 842, and from the extending end of the inclined plate part 837 a.
- An extending plate portion 837b extending in parallel with the slide surface 833;
- the height position of the upper surface of the extended plate portion 837b is preferably a position close to the insertion optical fiber 701 extended from the fiber holder 790 positioned on the second guide portion 842 (see FIG. 56A).
- the elastic protruding piece 837 can be elastically bent and deformed at the base end portion 837c. Therefore, when the optical fiber connection unit 710 is advanced on the slide surface 833, the inclined plate portion 837a is pushed down by the optical fiber connection unit 710 and accommodated in the groove portion 839. There is no problem in the advance of the optical fiber connecting unit 710.
- One or a plurality of indications 840 for confirming the position of the insertion optical fiber 701 protruding from the fiber holder 790 toward the mechanical splice 730 can be formed on the elastic protruding piece 837.
- the display 840 is a recess or a hole formed in the inclined plate portion 837a or the extended plate portion 837b. Note that the display 840 only needs to be identifiable, and the form is not limited to the illustrated example, and may be formed by a convex portion or coloring.
- the display 840 in the illustrated example includes a display 840a for confirming the position of the tip of the inserted optical fiber 701 before the length is adjusted by an optical fiber cutter (not shown), and the position of the tip of the bare optical fiber 701a of the inserted optical fiber 701.
- a display 840b for confirmation and a display 840c for confirming the position of the tip of the coating 1b of the insertion optical fiber 701 are provided.
- the display 840a is formed on the inclined plate portion 837a.
- the indications 840b and 840c are formed on the extension plate portion 837b at different positions in the length direction.
- the processing length of the insertion optical fiber 701 protruding from the fiber holder 790 (the length of the insertion optical fiber 701 before the length adjustment, the bareness) by collating the tip of the insertion optical fiber 701 with the display 840 (840a to 840c)
- the length up to the tip of the optical fiber 701a and the length up to the tip of the coating 1b) can be easily confirmed, and a highly accurate connection operation is possible.
- a notch 830 a for temporarily placing the optical fiber connection tool 800 is formed in the lower portion of the second guide portion 842 of the jig base portion 830.
- the notch 830a is formed in an oblique direction so as to gradually rise from the lower edge of the second guide portion 842 to the rear.
- the optical fiber connection tool 800 can be temporarily placed, for example, by engaging the case with a closure case (not shown) inserted into the notch 830a and locking the case.
- the optical fiber holder 790 (first optical fiber fixing portion) includes a base 791 and a lid 792 that is rotatably coupled to the base 791 at a base end 792a that serves as a hinge.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 on the base portion 791 can be pressed and fixed to the base portion 791 by the lid 792.
- the direction approaching the optical fiber connecting unit 710 (the left direction in FIG. 40) may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the base portion 791 includes a base portion 795, a one-side extension portion 796 that extends forward from one side portion of the front end surface thereof, and another side extension that extends forward from the other side portion of the front end surface of the base portion 795. And an exit 797.
- the front end of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 can be accommodated in the unit accommodating space 799 (first unit accommodating space) secured between the one side extending portion 796 and the other side extending portion 797.
- a first holding wall portion 793 having a positioning recess 793a for accommodating the insertion optical fiber 701 and a second holding wall portion 794 having a positioning recess 794a are formed on the upper surface 791b of the base portion 791 (base portion 795). Yes.
- the second holding wall portion 794 is formed in front of the first holding wall portion 793 and separated from the first holding wall portion 793.
- a linear positioning groove 791a extending in the front-rear direction from the positioning recess 793a through the positioning recess 794a is formed on the upper surface of the base portion 791 (base portion 795).
- the positioning groove 791a is a groove portion for positioning the insertion optical fiber 701, and may have, for example, a substantially V-shaped cross section, a substantially U-shaped cross section, or a semicircular cross section.
- Locking protrusions 798 that engage with the engaging recesses 846c of the elastic locking pieces 846 are formed on the outer surfaces of the one-side extending portion 796 and the other-side extending portion 797 so as to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 798 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) in which the front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- a collating convex portion 796b (first entry blocking portion) projecting inward is formed extending along the front-rear direction.
- the verification convex portion 796b has a shape that enters the verification concave portion 762b of the optical fiber connection unit 710, and is an optical fiber connection unit other than the optical fiber connection unit 710 (for example, the optical fiber connection unit of FIG. 59). 720) prevents the tip from entering the unit accommodating space 799.
- the collating convex portion 796b in the illustrated example has a rectangular cross section.
- the lid 792 In a state where the lid 792 is placed on the upper surface 791 b of the base portion 791 (closed state), the lid 792 is disposed between the holding wall portions 793 and 794.
- a locking projection 792c formed on the distal end 792b side that is the end opposite to the base end 792a (hinge portion) of the lid 792 is detachably engageable with a locking recess 791c formed on the base 791. Can be mated.
- the lid 792 covers the upper surface 791b of the base portion 791 (closed state), and engages the locking protrusion 792c with the locking recess 791c of the base portion 791, thereby inserting the insertion optical fiber 701 into the base portion 791 ( The substrate portion 795) can be pressed and held.
- the lid 792 may be formed integrally with the base portion 791.
- FIGS. 54 to 56E a method of connecting (optically connecting) the extended optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701 using the optical fiber connection tool 800 will be described with reference to FIGS. 54 to 56E.
- a splicing tool 780 to the optical fiber connecting unit 710 in advance, the insertion piece 781a is inserted between the gripping members 734 of the splice 730, and the splice 730 is inserted into the inserted light.
- the fibers 701 and 721 are allowed to move freely in the insertion and removal directions.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 is disposed in the positioning groove 791a of the base portion 791, and is pressed and fixed to the base portion 791 by the lid 792.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 is fixed to the fiber holder 790 while ensuring a predetermined forward projection length.
- the protruding length of the insertion optical fiber 701 from the fiber holder 790 is set so that the bare optical fibers 701 a and 721 a are abutted at the optimum position in the splice 730 when the insertion optical fiber 701 is not bent.
- the protruding length may be, for example, a length at which the tip of the bare optical fiber 701a reaches the center position of the splice 730 when the optical fiber connecting unit 710 and the fiber holder 790 are positioned by the elastic locking pieces 836 and 846. it can.
- the fiber holder 790 is placed on the slide surface 843 of the second rail portion 842, and the locking protrusion 798 is engaged with the engagement recess 846c of the elastic locking piece 846. As a result, the fiber holder 790 is positioned on the slide surface 843 in a state where the fiber holder 790 is sandwiched by the elastic locking pieces 846 and stably held.
- the cable holding member 770 holding the optical fiber cable 724 is placed on the holding member holding part 750 and advanced on the base part 751, so that the extended optical fiber 721 is attached to one end side of the splice 730. insert.
- the protruding length of the extended optical fiber 721 from the front end of the cable fitting groove 771a of the grip base 771 is such that the optical fiber 721 in the splice 730 is bare when the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is at the forward limit position (described later). It is slightly longer than the distance to the optical fiber 721a.
- the lever member 850 is rotated to regulate the backward movement of the cable gripping member 770.
- the optical fiber connection unit 710 is placed on the slide surface 833 of the first guide portion 832 of the connection jig 810.
- the movement in the width direction of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is restricted by the guide wall portion 835.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is advanced toward the fiber holder 790.
- the side edge portions 821a of the substrate portion 821 enter the groove portion 835a on the inner surface of the side wall portion 835, so that the lift of the slider 820 is restricted. Is possible.
- the swash plate portion 837a of the elastic protruding piece 837 is pushed down by the optical fiber connecting unit 710 and accommodated in the groove portion 839. Therefore, the elastic protruding piece 837 does not hinder the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 710.
- the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 causes the insertion optical fiber 701 to be inserted into the covering portion insertion grooves 731d and 323b of the splice 730 in the splice holding portion 760.
- the bare optical fiber 701a of the insertion optical fiber 701 is inserted into the alignment groove 731b and protrudes to the tip of the bare optical fiber 721a of the extended optical fiber 721.
- Hit. Reference C1 is a butt connection position.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is further advanced, and the locking protrusion 827 is engaged with the engaging recess 836c of the elastic locking piece 836.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is positioned on the slide surface 833 in a state where the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is sandwiched between the elastic locking pieces 836 and stably held.
- the position of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is referred to as a forward limit position.
- a bending deformation 721c occurs in the extended optical fiber 721 between the splice 730 and the cable gripping member 770.
- L1 is a first bending width secured between the rear end of the splice 730 and the cable gripping member 770
- L2 is a first flexure secured between the splice 730 and the fiber holder 790.
- the deflection width is 2.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is a unit accommodating space between the one side extending portion 796 and the other side extending portion 797 of the fiber holder 790. Enter 799.
- the collating convex portion 796b of the fiber holder 790 enters the collating concave portion 762b of the optical fiber connecting unit 710, so that the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is not prevented from entering. .
- the optical fiber connecting unit 710 can sufficiently approach the holding position of the insertion optical fiber 701.
- a lateral pressure P is applied from both sides to the insertion member driving portion 782 of the splicing tool 780 to remove the insertion piece portion 781 a from the splice 730.
- the half gripping member 734 of the splice 730 grips and fixes the bare optical fibers 701a and 721a while maintaining the butted state by the elasticity of the clamp spring 733.
- the operation of butt-connecting (optical connection) the extended optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701 is completed at the splice 730.
- the extension optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701 that have been connected are gripped and fixed to the half gripping member 734 of the splice 730, so that the butted state of the bare optical fibers 701a and 721a can be stably maintained.
- Most of the bending deformation 721c of the extended optical fiber 721 is surrounded by the holding member holding portion 750 and the lever member 850 of the unit base 711, and is protected from external force.
- the optical fiber connection tool 800 connecting the extended optical fiber 721 and the insertion optical fiber 701 can be housed and installed in an optical fiber connection box (for example, a closure, an optical termination box, etc.).
- an optical fiber connection box for example, a closure, an optical termination box, etc.
- Adjustment of the protrusion length and the lead-out length of the insertion optical fiber 701 was performed by placing a fiber holder 790 fixed to the insertion optical fiber 701 on an optical fiber cutter (not shown) and cutting the insertion optical fiber 701 into a predetermined length. Thereafter, a method is adopted in which the fiber holder 790 is moved to a stripper (not shown) to remove the coating on the distal end portion of the insertion optical fiber 701. Since the optical fiber cutter and the stripper cannot change the position of the reference surface for positioning the optical fiber, the position of the fiber holder is usually set by placing a spacer of a predetermined size between the fiber holder and the reference surface. Therefore, the operation becomes complicated.
- the fiber holder 790 includes the one-side extension portion 796 and the other-side extension portion 797. Therefore, these extension portions 796, 797 can be used without using a spacer. This makes it possible to adjust the position of the optical fiber cutter and the stripper relative to the reference plane. That is, the base portion 791 (base portion 795) can be positioned at a position away from the reference plane. Since it is not necessary to use a spacer, the work at the time of adjusting the protrusion length from the fiber holder 790 and the lead length is facilitated.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 710 is sufficiently positioned to hold the insertion optical fiber 701 in the connection work. Can be approached. Therefore, it is not necessary to secure the extra length of the insertion optical fiber 701 longer than necessary despite the presence of the extending portions 796 and 797.
- the optical fiber connection tool 900 includes an optical fiber connection unit 720, a second fiber holder 890 (second optical fiber fixing portion) holding the insertion optical fiber 701, and these. A connecting jig 810 to be placed.
- the optical fiber connection unit 720 (second optical fiber connection unit) includes an optical connector 910 and a slider 920 (guided portion) that holds the optical connector 910.
- the direction approaching the fiber holder 890 may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the direction toward the joining end surface 861b of the ferrule 861 may be referred to as the front.
- the optical connector 910 includes a sleeve-like knob 870 having a rectangular cross section, a sleeve-like housing 880 provided in the knob 870, and a ferrule 860 with a clamp portion provided in the housing 880.
- the ferrule 860 with a clamp portion is provided on the rear side of the ferrule 861 in which an optical fiber 862 (built-in optical fiber 862. first optical fiber, one side optical fiber) is fixedly inserted.
- the clamp portion 863 (second mechanical splice, connection mechanism) is assembled.
- the clamp part 863 grips and fixes the rear side protruding part 862a of the built-in optical fiber 862 and the front end part of the optical fiber 701 that is inserted from the rear side and abuts against the rear end of the built-in optical fiber 862, thereby fixing the optical fibers 862, 1
- the butt connection state between each other is maintained.
- the clamp portion 863 includes a base member 865 (rear side extending piece 865) (base side element) and lid members 866 and 867 (lid side element) extending rearward from the flange portion 864 of the ferrule 861. And a clamp spring 868 held together.
- the clamp portion 863 includes a rear-side protruding portion 862a of the built-in optical fiber 862 and a distal end portion of the insertion optical fiber 701 that abuts against the rear end of the built-in optical fiber 862 between the base member 865 and the lid members 866 and 867. It can be sandwiched and fixed.
- the built-in optical fiber 862 is inserted into a fiber hole 861a which is a fine hole penetrating coaxially with the axis of the ferrule 861, and is fixed to the ferrule 861 by adhesive fixing using an adhesive or the like. Therefore, the ferrule 861 functions as a positioning mechanism that positions the built-in optical fiber 862 relative to the clamp portion 863 on the front side of the clamp portion 863.
- the front end face of the built-in optical fiber 862 is exposed at the joining end face 861 b at the tip (front end) of the ferrule 861.
- the rear end portion of the ferrule 861 is integrated with a flange portion 864 that is provided circumferentially (projected) on the outer periphery thereof.
- the clamp part 863 has a configuration in which a rear extension piece 865 extending from the flange part 864 to the rear side of the ferrule 861 and lid members 866 and 867 are collectively held inside the clamp spring 868.
- the rear protrusion 862a of the built-in optical fiber 862 is positioned on the rear extension of the fiber hole 861a of the ferrule 861.
- An alignment groove 869a and a covering portion accommodation groove 869b extending rearward from the rear end of the alignment groove 869a are formed.
- a covering portion storage groove 869 c is formed to extend at a position corresponding to the covering portion storage groove 869 b of the rear extension piece 865.
- the front lid member 866 is formed with a flat facing surface 866 a that faces the facing surface 865 a of the rear extension piece 865.
- the insertion piece 931a of the splicing tool 930 can be inserted between the rear extension piece 865 and the lid members 866 and 867 so as to be removable (see FIG. 61). As shown in FIG. 58, the insertion piece portion 931a is formed between the rear extension piece 865 of the clamp portion 863 and the lid members 866 and 867 through the insertion hole 870a of the knob 870 and the insertion hole 881a of the housing 880. Can be inserted in between.
- the housing 880 includes a sleeve-like (cylindrical) main body portion 881 and a sleeve-like (cylindrical) extending tube portion 882 extending rearward from the rear end of the main body portion 881.
- the main body portion 881 is formed with two insertion holes 881a through which the insertion piece portion 931a can be inserted with an interval in the axial direction thereof.
- the two insertion holes 881a are formed at intervals in the axial direction of the main body portion 881.
- the concavo-convex portion 882a in the illustrated example is composed of a plurality of annular convex portions along the circumferential direction of the extending tube portion 882.
- reference numeral 871 denotes a positioning sleeve into which the ferrule 861 is inserted.
- Reference numeral 872 denotes a holder for holding and positioning the ferrule 860 with a clamp portion.
- the holder 872 has a base 873 and a pair of elastic pieces 874 extending from the base 873, and can hold the ferrule 860 with a clamp portion between the elastic pieces 874 and 874.
- the slider 920 includes a substrate portion 921, a pair of side wall portions 922 erected on the upper surface thereof, a housing support portion 923 formed to project forward from the front end of the substrate portion 921, and a substrate.
- a pair of elastic locking pieces 925 that project upward from the portion 921 and position the optical connector 910. The slider 920 can hold the optical connector 910 in the space 924 between the side wall portions 922.
- the elastic locking piece 925 has a plate shape that protrudes upward from the upper edge of the side wall portion 922, and a locking projection 925 a that locks the knob 870 of the optical connector 910 is formed on the inner surface of the distal end portion. .
- the elastic locking piece 925 can be bent and deformed elastically.
- the housing support portion 923 has a base portion 926 and a pair of side plate portions 927 protruding from the upper surface thereof, and the housing 880 is disposed in the accommodation space 928 between the side plate portions 927 and 927.
- the extended cylinder portion 882 can be held.
- the collation convex portion 897b of the other side extending portion 897 enters one side surface 926a of the base portion 926 (corresponding to the other side extending portion 897 side of the fiber holder 890).
- a matching concave portion 926b is formed.
- the matching concave portion 926b in the illustrated example has a rectangular cross section along the matching convex portion 897b having a rectangular cross section.
- the matching recess 926b is formed in a groove shape along the front-rear direction.
- On the other side surface 926c of the base portion 926 (corresponding to the one-side extending portion 896 side of the fiber holder 890), a convex portion 926d protruding sideways is formed extending along the front-rear direction.
- a splicing tool 930 can be attached to the clamp portion 863 of the ferrule 860 with a clamp portion.
- the splicing tool 930 drives the insertion member 931, the two insertion members 931 having the insertion piece portion 931a that spreads between the rear extension piece 865 of the clamp portion 863 and the lid members 866 and 867. It has a sleeve-like insertion member drive part 932 and a pair of engagement wall parts 937 protruding from the insertion member drive part 932.
- the two insertion members 931 and 931 are provided in the insertion member drive unit 932 so as to be separated from each other in the axial direction thereof.
- the splicing tool 930 is attached to the clamp portion 863 in a state where the insertion piece portion 931a is inserted between the rear extension piece 865 and the lid members 866 and 867.
- the splicing tool 930 presses both side portions of the insertion member driving portion 932 (see FIG. 47) to approach each other, thereby causing the opposing wall portion 935 to move against the pressure receiving wall portion 936 of the insertion member driving portion 932. Can be raised. Thereby, the insertion piece part 931a can be removed from the clamp part 863.
- a protruding claw 937a that engages with the optical fiber connecting unit 720 is formed to protrude inward.
- the splicing tool 930 can hold the optical fiber connecting unit 720 between the engaging wall portions 937 and 937.
- the optical fiber holder 890 held by the second guide portion 842 includes a base portion 891 and a lid body rotatably coupled to the base portion 891 at a base end portion 892a serving as a hinge portion. 892 and the insertion optical fiber 701 on the base portion 891 can be pressed and fixed to the base portion 891 by the lid 892.
- the lid 892 may be formed integrally with the base portion 891.
- the direction approaching the optical fiber connecting unit 720 may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the base portion 891 includes a base portion 895, a one-side extension portion 896 that extends forward from one side portion of the front end surface thereof, and another side extension that extends forward from the other side portion of the front end surface of the base portion 895. And an exit 897.
- the one-side extension portion 896 and the other-side extension portion 897 can accommodate the front end portion of the optical fiber connection unit 720 in the unit accommodation space 899 (second unit accommodation space) secured therebetween.
- a groove-like recess 896b is formed on the inner surface 896a of the one side extension 896 along the front-rear direction.
- a collation convex portion 897 b (second entry blocking portion) protruding inward is formed on the inner surface 897 a of the other side extending portion 897 along the front-rear direction.
- the verification convex portion 897b has a shape that enters the verification concave portion 926b of the optical fiber connection unit 720, and is an optical fiber connection unit other than the optical fiber connection unit 720 (for example, the optical fiber connection unit of FIG. 42). 710), the front end portion is prevented from entering the unit accommodating space 899.
- the verification convex portion 897b in the illustrated example has a rectangular cross section.
- the second holding wall portion 894 is formed in front of the first holding wall portion 893 and separated from the first holding wall portion 893.
- the base portion 895b is formed in front of the second holding wall portion 894 and separated from the second holding wall portion 894.
- a linear positioning groove 891a extending in the front-rear direction from the positioning recess 893a through the positioning recess 894a is formed on the upper surface of the base portion 891 (base portion 895).
- the positioning groove 891a is a groove portion for positioning the insertion optical fiber 701, and may have, for example, a substantially V-shaped cross section, a substantially U-shaped cross section, or a semicircular cross section.
- Locking protrusions 898 that engage with the engaging recesses 846c of the elastic locking pieces 846 are formed on the outer surfaces of the one-side extending portion 896 and the other-side extending portion 897 so as to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 898 in a plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) whose front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- the lid body 892 In a state (closed state) where the lid body 892 is placed on the upper surface 891 b of the base portion 891, the lid body 892 is disposed between the holding wall portions 893 and 894.
- the lid 892 covers the upper surface 891b of the base portion 891 (closed state), and engages the locking protrusion 892c with the locking recess 891c of the base portion 891, thereby inserting the insertion optical fiber 701 into the base portion 891 ( The substrate portion 895) can be pressed and held.
- the first fiber holder 790 and the second fiber holder 890 exhibit different colors.
- the first fiber holder 790 can be black and the second fiber holder 890 can be white.
- the first fiber holder 790 and the second fiber holder 890 can be easily identified visually.
- At least a part of the first optical fiber connection unit 710 exhibits a color similar to the first fiber holder 790
- at least a part of the second optical fiber connection unit 720 has a color similar to the second fiber holder 890. It is preferable to present. Similar colors are colors having the same or close hues. As long as the hue is the same or close, the lightness and saturation may be different.
- the unit base 711 or the slider 820 of the first optical fiber connection unit 710 can be black.
- the slider 920 of the second optical fiber connection unit 720 can be white. Accordingly, it becomes easy to visually confirm the correct combination of the optical fiber connection units 710 and 720 and the fiber holders 790 and 890, so that erroneous operation can be reliably prevented.
- the colors that can be used in the optical fiber connection units 710 and 720 and the fiber holders 790 and 890 are not limited to white and black, but include red, blue, yellow, green, and orange.
- FIGS. 65A to 65D a method of connecting (optically connecting) the built-in optical fiber 862 and the insertion optical fiber 701 using the optical fiber connection tool 900 will be described with reference to FIGS. 65A to 65D.
- the insertion piece 931a is attached to the rear extension piece 865 of the clamp portion 863 and the cover members 866, 867.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 can be inserted.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 is disposed in the positioning groove 891a of the base portion 891, and is pressed and fixed to the base portion 891 by the lid 892.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 is fixed to the fiber holder 890 while ensuring a predetermined forward projection length.
- the fiber holder 890 is placed on the slide surface 843 of the second rail portion 842, and the engagement protrusion 898 is engaged with the engagement recess 846c of the elastic engagement piece 846 for positioning.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 720 is placed on the slide surface 833 of the first guide portion 832 of the connection jig 810, and the guide wall portion 835 moves the width direction.
- the optical fiber is advanced toward the fiber holder 890.
- the side edge portions 921a of the substrate portion 921 enter the groove portion 835a on the inner surface of the side wall portion 835, so that the lift of the slider 920 is restricted.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 720 is elastically moved by engaging the engaging protrusion 927 with the engaging recess 836c of the elastic engaging piece 836 by the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 710. It is positioned on the slide surface 833 in a state where it is sandwiched and held stably by the locking piece 836.
- the position of the optical fiber connecting unit 720 is referred to as a forward limit position.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 is inserted into the alignment groove 869a of the ferrule 860 with a clamp portion, and is abutted against the rear end of the built-in optical fiber 862.
- Reference C1 is a butt connection position.
- the insertion optical fiber 701 between the ferrule 860 with a clamp part and the fiber holder 890 may be bent.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 720 is a second unit secured between one side extending portion 896 and the other side extending portion 897 of the fiber holder 890. Enter the accommodation space 899.
- the collation convex portion 897b of the fiber holder 890 enters the collation concave portion 926b of the optical fiber connection unit 720, so that the optical fiber connection unit 720 is not prevented from entering. .
- the optical fiber connecting unit 720 can sufficiently approach the holding position of the insertion optical fiber 701.
- the splicing tool 930 when the splicing tool 930 is operated to remove the insertion piece 931a from the clamp portion 863, the rear extension piece 865 and the lid members 866 and 867 are moved by the elasticity of the clamp spring 868.
- the bare optical fiber 701a at the tip of the optical fiber 701 is gripped and fixed during this period. Thereby, the butt connection state of the optical fiber 701 with respect to the built-in optical fiber 862 of the ferrule 860 with a clamp part can be kept stable.
- the collating convex portion 796b (first entry) of the one-side extending portion 796 of the first fiber holder 790 is connected. Since the blocking portion enters the collation recess 762b of the first optical fiber connection unit 710, the front end portion of the first optical fiber connection unit 710 can enter the unit housing space 799 without hindrance.
- FIG. 63 shows that the collating convex portion 796b (first entry) of the one-side extending portion 796 of the first fiber holder 790 is connected. Since the blocking portion enters the collation recess 762b of the first optical fiber connection unit 710, the front end portion of the first optical fiber connection unit 710 can enter the unit housing space 799 without hindrance.
- the collating convex portion 897 b (the first protrusion 897 b (the second extension portion 897)) 2 entry blocking portion) enters the collation recess 926b of the second optical fiber connection unit 720, so that the front end portion of the second optical fiber connection unit 720 can enter the unit housing space 899 without hindrance.
- the connection operation is hindered.
- the second optical fiber connection unit 720 and the first fiber Even in combination with the holder 890 the connection operation is hindered.
- the combination of the first optical fiber connection unit 710 and the first fiber holder 890 or the combination of the second optical fiber connection unit 720 and the second fiber holder 890 allows connection work without problems. is there.
- the optical fiber connection tools 800 and 900 since the connection work cannot be performed unless the combination of the optical fiber connection units 710 and 720 and the fiber holders 790 and 890 is correct, the erroneous operation can be reliably performed. Can be prevented.
- the collation convex portion 796 b (first entry blocking portion) is formed on the one side extending portion 796 of the first fiber holder 790 and the collating portion is formed on the other side extending portion 897 of the second fiber holder 890.
- a convex portion 897b (second entry blocking portion) was formed. That is, the first entry blocking portion of the first fiber holder 790 and the second entry blocking portion of the second fiber holder 890 are formed in the extending portions on different sides. For this reason, even if the entry positions of the optical fiber connection units 710 and 720 with respect to the fiber holders 790 and 890 vary, the optical fiber connection units 710 and 720 having different combinations can be reliably prevented from entering.
- the shape of the first entry blocking portion is not limited to the illustrated example as long as it is in contact with the second optical fiber connecting unit to prevent the entry.
- the shape of the second entry blocking portion is not limited to the illustrated example as long as it is in contact with the first optical fiber connecting unit to prevent the entry.
- a convex portion is formed on the fiber holder side, and a concave portion corresponding to this is formed on the optical fiber connection unit side, but conversely, a concave portion is formed on the fiber holder, and the optical fiber connection unit is You may form the convex part according to this.
- the verification convex portion 796b (first entry prevention portion) is formed on the one-side extension portion 796 of the first fiber holder 790, and the verification convex portion 897b (second entry prevention portion) is the first.
- the two-fiber holder 890 is formed on the other extension 897, but the first and second entry blocking parts are both formed only on one of the one extension and the other extension. Also good.
- the shapes of the first and second entry blocking portions are not limited to a rectangular cross section, and may be a circular arc shape, a polygonal cross section, or the like.
- the insertion optical fiber is not particularly limited.
- an optical fiber laid in a vertical hole for example, an elevator hoistway
- an indoor optical fiber for example, an elevator hoistway
- an optical composite electronic device for example, an optical fiber etc.
- the optical fiber connection tool 1200 includes an optical fiber connection unit 1020 having an optical connector 1210, and a connection jig 1110 having a fiber holder 1190 that holds an inserted optical fiber 1001001. I have.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 includes an optical connector 1210 and a slider 1220 (guided portion) that holds the optical connector 1210.
- the direction approaching the fiber holder 1190 may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the direction toward the joining end surface 1161b of the ferrule 1161 may be referred to as the front.
- the optical connector 1210 includes a sleeve-like knob 1170 having a rectangular cross section, a sleeve-like housing 1180 provided in the knob 1170, and a ferrule 1160 with a clamp portion provided in the housing 1180. I have.
- the ferrule 1160 with a clamp portion has a clamp portion 1163 (connection mechanism) on the rear side of the ferrule 1161 in which the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 (first optical fibers) are inserted and fixed. It is assembled.
- the clamp 1163 grips and fixes the rear protrusions 1162a of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 and the tip of the optical fiber 10011 that is inserted from the rear and abuts against the rear ends of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162.
- the butt connection state between the fibers 1001 and 1162 is maintained.
- the clamp portion 1163 includes a base member 1165 (rear side extension piece 1165) (base side element) and lid members 1166 and 1167 (lid side elements) extending rearward from the flange portion 1164 of the ferrule 1161. And a clamp spring 1168 held together.
- the clamp portion 1163 includes a rear protruding portion 1162a of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 between the base member 1165 and the lid members 1166 and 1167, and an insertion optical fiber 1001 that abuts against the rear ends of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162.
- the tip portion can be sandwiched and fixed.
- the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 are inserted into a fiber hole 1161a which is a fine hole penetrating coaxially with the axis of the ferrule 1161, and fixed to the ferrule 1161 by adhesive fixing using an adhesive or the like. Therefore, the ferrule 1161 functions as a positioning mechanism that positions the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 with respect to the clamp portion 1163 on the front side of the clamp portion 1163.
- the front end faces of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 are exposed at the joining end face 1161b at the front end (front end) of the ferrule 1161.
- the rear end portion of the ferrule 1161 is integrated with a flange portion 1164 that is provided around the outer periphery (projecting).
- the clamp part 1163 has a configuration in which a rear extension piece 1165 extended from the flange part 1164 to the rear side of the ferrule 1161 and lid members 1166 and 1167 are collectively held inside the clamp spring 1168.
- the rear protrusions 1162a of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 are placed on the rear extension of the fiber hole 1161a of the ferrule 1161.
- An alignment groove 1169a for positioning and a covering portion accommodation groove 1169b extending rearward from the rear end of the alignment groove 1169a are formed.
- a covering portion storing groove 1169c is formed to extend at a position corresponding to the covering portion storing groove 1169b of the rear extension piece 1165.
- the front lid member 1166 is formed with a flat facing surface 1166a that faces the facing surface 1165a of the rear extension piece 1165.
- the insertion piece 1231a of the splicing tool 1230 can be removably inserted (see FIG. 71). As shown in FIG. 68, the insertion piece portion 1231 a is formed between the rear extension piece 1165 of the clamp portion 1163 and the lid members 1166 and 1167 through the insertion hole 1170 a of the knob 1170 and the insertion hole 1181 a of the housing 1180. Can be inserted in between.
- the housing 1180 includes a sleeve-like (cylindrical) main body 1181 and a sleeve-like (cylindrical) extending cylinder 1182 extending rearward from the rear end of the main body 1181.
- the main body 1181 is formed with two insertion holes 1181a through which the insertion piece 1231a can be inserted with an interval in the axial direction thereof.
- the two insertion holes 1181a are formed at intervals in the axial direction of the main body 1181.
- the uneven portion 1182 a is composed of a plurality of annular convex portions along the circumferential direction of the extended cylindrical portion 1182.
- reference numeral 1171 denotes a positioning sleeve into which the ferrule 1161 is inserted.
- Reference numeral 1172 denotes a holder that holds and positions the ferrule 1160 with a clamp portion.
- the holder 1172 includes a base portion 1173 and a pair of elastic pieces 1174 extending from the base portion 1173, and can hold the ferrule 1160 with a clamp portion between the elastic pieces 1174 and 1174.
- the slider 1220 includes a substrate portion 1221 (base portion), a pair of side wall portions 1222 erected on the upper surface thereof, and an optical connector 1210 protruding upward from the upper surface of the substrate portion 1221. It has a pair of elastic locking pieces 1225 to be positioned, and a housing support portion 1223 formed to project forward from the front end of the substrate portion 1221.
- the slider 1220 can hold the optical connector 1210 in a posture along the front-rear direction in the space 1224 between the side wall portions 1222.
- the elastic locking piece 1225 has a plate shape protruding upward from the substrate portion 1221 slightly behind the side wall portion 1222.
- the X direction is the front-rear direction, and is also the direction in which the side wall 1222 and the elastic locking piece 1225 are arranged.
- the Y direction is a direction orthogonal to the X direction in a plane parallel to the substrate portion 1221, and the Z direction is a height direction orthogonal to the X direction and the Y direction.
- the elastic locking piece 1225 has a long plate shape in which the width direction is along the front-rear direction (X direction) and the length direction is along the height direction (Z direction). A locking convex portion 1225 a that locks to the side edge portion 1170 b of 1170 is formed.
- the elastic locking piece 1225 has a plate shape that can be elastically bent and deformed, restricts lateral movement of the knob 1170, and can position the optical connector 1210.
- the locking projection 1225a is a projection having an approximately trapezoidal cross section that protrudes inward, and extends in the width direction (X direction) of the elastic locking piece 1225.
- the locking projection 1225a in the illustrated example is formed over substantially the entire width range of the elastic locking piece 1225.
- FIG. 75A to 75C are views showing the locking projection 1225a
- FIG. 75A is a plan view
- FIG. 75B is a side view
- FIG. 75C is a front view
- the cross-sectional shape of the locking projection 1225a is a lower surface 1225d along the XY plane, a side surface 1225e along the XZ plane, and an inclined surface that gradually descends in the protruding direction (inward).
- a substantially trapezoidal shape having an upper surface 1225f.
- a notch 1225c is formed at the front end of the locking projection 1225a.
- the notch surface 1225j formed by the notch 1225c has a protruding height (a protruding height from the inner surface 1225g of the elastic locking piece 1225) as it goes forward (to the right in FIGS. 75A and 75B) (see FIG. 75C). ).
- the lower edge 1225k (inclined inner edge) of the notch surface 1225j is inclined so as to be closer to the inner surface 1225g as it goes forward (rightward in FIG. 75B).
- the lower edge 1225k of the illustrated example reaches the inner surface 1225g at its foremost end 1225m. That is, the lower edge 1225k of the notched surface 1225j decreases in the protruding height (the protruding height from the inner surface 1225g) toward the front, and the protruding height is zero at the foremost end 1225m.
- a locking projection 1227 that engages with an engagement recess 1136c of the elastic locking piece 1136 of the connection jig 1110 is formed to protrude outward.
- the housing support portion 1223 has a base portion 1226 and a pair of side plate portions 1227 protruding from the upper surface thereof, and the housing 1180 of the housing 1180 is accommodated in the accommodation space 1228 between the side plate portions 1227 and 1227.
- the extended cylinder portion 1182 can be held.
- the collation convex portion 1197b of the other side extending portion 1197 can enter one side surface 1226a of the base portion 1226 (corresponding to the other side extending portion 1197 side of the fiber holder 1190).
- a collation recess 1226b is formed.
- the collation recess 1226b is formed in a groove shape along the front-rear direction.
- the slider 1220 can be an integrally molded product made of plastic.
- a splicing tool 1230 can be attached to the clamp part 1163 of the ferrule 1160 with a clamp part.
- the splicing tool 1230 drives the insertion member 1231 having two insertion pieces 1231 a having an insertion piece portion 1231 a that extends between the rear extension piece 1165 of the clamp portion 1163 and the lid members 1166 and 1167, and the insertion member 1231. It has a sleeve-like insertion member drive part 1232 and a pair of engagement wall parts 1237 protruding from the insertion member drive part 1232.
- the two insertion members 1231 and 1231 are provided in the insertion member driving unit 1232 so as to be separated from each other in the axial direction thereof.
- the splicing tool 1230 is attached to the clamp portion 1163 in a state where the insertion piece 1231a is inserted between the rear extension piece 1165 and the lid members 1166 and 1167.
- the splicing tool 1230 can raise the opposing wall portion 1235 with respect to the pressure receiving wall portion 1236 of the insertion member driving portion 1232 by pressing the both side portions of the insertion member driving portion 1232 to approach each other. Thereby, the insertion piece part 1231a can be removed from the clamp part 1163.
- a protruding claw 1237a that engages with the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 is formed to protrude inward.
- the splicing tool 1230 can hold the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 between the engaging wall portions 1237 and 1237.
- the optical fiber holder 1190 held by the second guide portion 1142 includes a base portion 1191 and a lid body rotatably coupled to the base portion 1191 at a base end portion 1192a serving as a hinge portion. 1192, and the insertion optical fiber 1001 on the base portion 1191 can be held and fixed to the base portion 1191 by the lid 1192.
- the direction approaching the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 may be referred to as the front, and the opposite direction may be referred to as the rear.
- the base portion 1191 includes a base portion 1195, a one-side extension portion 1196 that extends forward from one side portion of the front end surface thereof, and another side extension that extends forward from the other side portion of the front end surface of the base portion 1195. And an exit 1197.
- the one side extending portion 1196 and the other side extending portion 1197 can accommodate the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 in the unit accommodating space 1199 (second unit accommodating space) secured therebetween.
- a groove-shaped recess 1196b is formed along the front-rear direction.
- a collating convex portion 1197b protruding inward is formed along the front-rear direction.
- the verification convex portion 1197b has a shape that enters the verification concave portion 1226b of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020.
- a first holding wall portion 1193 having a positioning recess 1193a for accommodating the insertion optical fiber 1001, a second holding wall portion 1194 having a positioning recess 1194a, and a positioning recess 1195a On the upper surface 1191b of the base portion 1191 (base portion 1195), a first holding wall portion 1193 having a positioning recess 1193a for accommodating the insertion optical fiber 1001, a second holding wall portion 1194 having a positioning recess 1194a, and a positioning recess 1195a.
- the base portion 1195b having the shape is formed.
- the second holding wall portion 1194 is formed in front of the first holding wall portion 1193 and separated from the first holding wall portion 1193.
- the base portion 1195b is formed in front of the second holding wall portion 1194 and separated from the second holding wall portion 1194.
- the positioning groove 1191a is a groove portion for positioning the insertion optical fiber 1001, and may have, for example, a substantially V-shaped cross section, a substantially U-shaped cross section, or a semicircular cross section.
- Locking protrusions 1198 that engage with the engaging recesses 1146c of the elastic locking pieces 1146 are formed on the outer surfaces of the one-side extending portion 1196 and the other-side extending portion 1197 so as to protrude outward.
- the shape of the locking projection 1198 in plan view is preferably a tapered shape (for example, a triangular shape) whose front-rear dimension increases from the protruding end toward the proximal end.
- the lid body 1192 In a state where the lid body 1192 is placed on the upper surface 1191b of the base portion 1191 (closed state), the lid body 1192 is disposed between the holding wall portions 1193 and 1194.
- a locking projection 1192c formed on the distal end portion 1192b side which is the end opposite to the base end portion 1192a (hinge portion) of the lid 1192 is detachable from a locking recess 1191c formed in the base portion 1191.
- the lid body 1192 covers the insertion optical fiber 1001 with the base portion 1191 (by closing the upper surface 1191 b of the base portion 1191) by engaging the locking protrusion 1192 c with the locking recess portion 1191 c of the base portion 1191.
- the substrate portion 1195) can be pressed and fixed.
- the lid body 1192 may be formed integrally with the base portion 1191.
- the connection jig 1110 includes a first guide portion 1132 for guiding the optical fiber connection unit 1020 and a second guide portion 1142 (fiber holder holding portion) for holding the fiber holder 1090.
- a tool base 1130 is provided.
- the first guide portion 1132 includes a base portion 1134 on which a slide surface 1133 for sliding and moving the optical fiber connection unit 1020 is formed, and guide wall portions 1135 and 1135 respectively protruding from both side edges.
- the pair of guide wall portions 1135 are formed to extend in the forming direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 1132, and both side edge portions 1221 a of the substrate portion 1221 of the slider 1220 placed on the slide surface 1133 are in contact with each other. By contacting, the movement of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 in the width direction can be restricted.
- a groove portion 1135a that restricts the floating of the optical fiber connection unit 1020 (movement of the optical fiber connection unit 1020 in a direction away from the connection jig 1110) is formed.
- the groove portion 1135a is formed along the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 1132, and the lift of the slider 1220 can be restricted by the side edges 1221a of the substrate portion 1221 entering.
- the jig base 1130 is formed with a pair of elastic locking pieces 1136 for positioning the optical fiber connection unit 1020 on the first guide portion 1132.
- the elastic locking piece 1136 has a locking projection 1227 of the slider 1220 at the tip of the curved plate portion 1136a protruding from the projecting portion 1138 projecting on both sides in the width direction of the first guide portion 1132 to the slide surface 1133 side.
- a plate-like engagement piece 1136b in which a recess 1136c for engagement is formed is provided so as to protrude.
- the curved plate portion 1136a is formed in a circular arc plate shape that is curved with an axis along the front-rear direction of the first guide portion 1132.
- the protruding end of the curved plate portion 1136a is located above the slide surface 1133.
- the engagement piece portion 1136b is formed to protrude on the slide surface 1133 from the protruding end of the curved plate portion 1136a inward.
- the engagement recess 1136c of the engagement piece 1136b is formed in a notch shape that is recessed from the protruding end of the engagement piece 1136b at the front and rear center of the engagement piece 1136b.
- the elastic locking piece 1136 moves in the front-rear direction of the slider 1220 relative to the first guide portion 1132 when the locking projection 1227 of the slider 1220 enters the engagement recess 1136c and engages with the locking projection 1227. Can be regulated. In this state, the elastic locking piece 1136 sandwiches the slider 1220 by the elasticity of the curved plate portion 1136a and stably holds the slider 1220.
- the elastic locking piece 1136 functions as a locking mechanism that engages with the optical fiber connection unit 1020 (slider 1220) advanced along the first guide portion 1132 and restricts the forward and backward movement.
- the second guide portion 1142 includes a base portion 1144 on which a slide surface 1143 for sliding the fiber holder 1190 is formed, and guide wall portions 1145 and 1145 respectively provided on both side edges.
- the pair of guide wall portions 1145 are formed to extend in the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the second guide portion 1142, abut against both side edges of the fiber holder 1090 placed on the slide surface 1143, and the fiber holder 1190. Can be controlled in the width direction.
- a pair of elastic locking pieces 1146 for positioning the fiber holder 1190 are formed on the jig base 1130.
- the elastic locking piece 1146 is a plate-like engaging piece 1146b in which an engaging recess 1146c into which the locking protrusion 1198 of the fiber holder 1190 enters is formed at the tip of the protruding plate 1146a protruding from the jig base 1130. It is the structure which projected.
- the engaging piece portion 1146b is formed to protrude on the slide surface 1143 from the protruding end of the protruding plate portion 1146a inward.
- the engagement recess 1146c of the engagement piece 1146b is formed in a notch shape that is recessed from the protruding end of the engagement piece 1146b at the front and rear center of the engagement piece 1146b.
- a groove 1139 is formed on the slide surface 1133 of the first guide portion 1132 along the formation direction (front-rear direction) of the first guide portion 1132.
- An elastic protruding piece 1137 protruding on the slide surface 1133 is formed at the bottom of the groove 1139.
- the elastic protruding piece 1137 extends along the front-rear direction along the front-rear direction, the inclined plate part 1137 a extending while gradually rising in the direction approaching the second guide part 1142, and the extending end of the inclined plate part 1137 a along the front-rear direction. It has the extended plate part 1137b extended in parallel with the slide surface 1133.
- the height position of the upper surface of the extended plate portion 1137b is preferably a position close to the inserted optical fiber 1001 extended from the fiber holder 1190 positioned on the second guide portion 1142.
- the elastic protruding piece 1137 can be bent and deformed elastically at the base end 1137c. Therefore, when the optical fiber connection unit 1020 is advanced on the slide surface 1133, the inclined plate portion 1137a is pushed down by the optical fiber connection unit 1020 and accommodated in the groove portion 1139. There is no obstacle to the advance of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020.
- One or a plurality of displays 1140 for confirming the position of the insertion optical fiber 1001 can be formed on the elastic protruding piece 1137.
- the display 1140 in the illustrated example includes a display 1140a for confirming the position of the tip of the inserted optical fiber 1001 before the length is adjusted by an optical fiber cutter (not shown), and the position of the tip of the bare optical fiber 1001a of the inserted optical fiber 1001.
- a display 1140b for confirmation and a display 1140c for confirming the position of the tip of the coating 1001b of the insertion optical fiber 1001 are provided.
- a notch 1130 a for temporarily placing the optical fiber connection tool 1200 is formed in the lower portion of the second guide portion 1142 of the jig base 1130.
- the notch 1130a is formed in an oblique direction so as to gradually rise from the lower edge of the second guide portion 1142 toward the rear.
- the optical fiber connection tool 1200 can be temporarily placed by, for example, engaging the case with a closure case (not shown) inserted into the notch 1130a.
- FIGS. 78A to 78D a method of connecting (optically connecting) the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 and the insertion optical fiber 1001 using the optical fiber connection tool 1200 will be described with reference to FIGS. 78A to 78D.
- the insertion piece portion 1231a is attached to the rear extension piece 1165 of the clamp portion 1163 and the lid members 1166, 1167.
- the insertion optical fiber 1001 can be inserted.
- the insertion optical fiber 1001 is disposed in the positioning groove 1191a of the base portion 1191, and is pressed and fixed to the base portion 1191 by the lid 1192.
- the insertion optical fiber 1001 is secured to the fiber holder 1190 with a predetermined forward projection length.
- the fiber holder 1190 is placed on the slide surface 1143 of the second rail portion 1142, and the locking protrusion 1198 is engaged with the engaging recess 1146c of the elastic locking piece 1146 and positioned.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 is placed on the slide surface 1133 of the first guide portion 1132 of the connection jig 1110, and the guide wall portion 1135 moves in the width direction.
- the optical fiber is advanced toward the fiber holder 1190.
- the side edge portions 1221a of the substrate portion 1221 enter the groove portions 1135a on the inner surface of the side wall portion 1135, so that the lift of the slider 1220 is restricted.
- the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 is elastically moved by engaging the engaging protrusion 1227 with the engaging recess 1136c of the elastic engaging piece 1136 by the advancement of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020. It is positioned on the slide surface 1133 while being held stably by being sandwiched by the locking pieces 1136.
- the position of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 is referred to as a forward limit position.
- the insertion optical fiber 1001 is inserted into the alignment groove 1169a of the ferrule 1160 with a clamp portion, and is abutted against the rear ends of the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162.
- Reference C1 is a butt connection position.
- the insertion optical fiber 1001 between the ferrule 1160 with a clamp part and the fiber holder 1190 may be bent.
- the front end portion of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020 is a second unit secured between one side extending portion 1196 and the other side extending portion 1197 of the fiber holder 1190. Enter the storage space 1199.
- the verification convex portion 1197b of the fiber holder 1190 enters the verification concave portion 1226b of the optical fiber connecting unit 1020.
- the splicing tool 1230 when the splicing tool 1230 is operated to remove the insertion piece portion 1231a from the clamp portion 1163, the rear extension piece 1165 and the lid members 1166 and 1167 are caused by the elasticity of the clamp spring 1168.
- the bare optical fiber 1001a at the tip of the optical fiber 1001 is gripped and fixed during this period. Thereby, the butt connection state of the optical fiber 1001 with respect to the built-in optical fibers 1001 and 1162 of the ferrule 1160 with a clamp part can be kept stable.
- the connection jig 1110 includes the first guide portion 1132 that guides the optical fiber connection unit 1020 toward the fiber holder 1190. Therefore, the optical connector 1210 is not moved without moving the fiber holder 1190. Is moved toward the fiber holder 1190, so that the optical fibers 1001 and 1162 can be connected. Therefore, even when the extra length of the insertion optical fiber 1001 is short, the optical fibers 1001 and 1162 can be reliably connected.
- the optical connector 1210 is elastically engaged by bending and deforming the elastic locking pieces 1225 in directions away from each other. It can be installed between the stop pieces 1225.
- the optical connector 1210 corresponding to the front portion of the slider 1220 is moved upward.
- the optical connector 1210 comes into contact with the rear portion of the slider 1220 (a position behind the elastic locking piece 1225), and is inclined so as to rise toward the front of the slider 1220 with this point as a fulcrum.
- the side edge portion 1170b of the knob 1170 of the optical connector 1210 is formed on the lower edge 1225k of the notch surface 1225j of the locking convex portion 1225a. Abut. As described above, the lower edge 1225k has a protruding height that increases toward the rear (left side in FIG. 73). Therefore, when the side edge 1170b is further inclined, the locking protrusion 1225a has an outer side. A force containing the component will be applied from the lower edge 1225k. For this reason, as shown in FIGS.
- the elastic locking pieces 1225 are deformed away from each other, the locking projections 1225a are unlocked from the knob 1170, and the optical connector 1210 is removed from the slider 1220. Will be able to.
- the knob 1170 comes into contact with the lower surface 1225d of the locking convex portion 1225a and is prevented from moving upward.
- the optical connector 1210 is unlikely to be detached from the slider 1220 in a normal state, and The operation of removing the optical connector 1210 from the slider 1220 becomes easy.
- the optical fiber connection unit 1020 since the optical fiber connection unit 1020 is brought close to the fiber holder 1190 on the connection jig 1110, the optical fibers 1001 and 1162 can be connected. 1130 may be fixed. Further, the fiber holder 1190 can be formed integrally with the jig base 1130.
- connection mechanism the insertion member, and the fiber holder are not limited as long as they conform to the technical idea of the present invention.
- the insertion optical fiber is not particularly limited. For example, in a building having a plurality of floors, an optical fiber laid in a vertical hole (for example, an elevator hoistway) extending over each floor, an indoor optical fiber, and an optical composite electronic device are wired. An optical fiber etc. can be illustrated.
- SYMBOLS 1 Insertion optical fiber (2nd optical fiber), 10 ... Optical fiber connection unit, 21 ... Extension optical fiber (1st optical fiber), 21c ... Deflection, 24 ... Optical fiber cable, 30 ... Mechanical splice, DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 50 ... Holding member holding part, 60 ... Splice holding part (mechanical splice holding part), 70 ... Cable holding member (optical fiber holding part), 90 ... Fiber holder (optical fiber fixing part), 110 ... Connection jig, 120 ... Slider (guided portion), 132 ... first guide portion, L1 ... first deflection width, L2 ... second deflection width, 410 ...
- cable jacket holding member 411 ... hinge portion (thin hinge portion), 420 ... Grasping member main body, 421 ... bottom wall part, 422 ... side wall part (first side wall part), 423 ... side wall part (second side wall part), 241 ... first cable groove, 242 ... second cable groove, 25 ... 1st gripping claw, 426 ... 2nd gripping claw, 271 and 272 ... level difference (step surface), 428 ... 1st projection claw (main body side first projection claw), 429 ... 2nd projection claw (main body side second 440 ... lid piece, 441 ... lid piece body, 441a ... lid piece inner surface, 448 ... second projection claw (lid side second projection claw), 449 ...
- second projection claw (lid side second projection claw) , 450 ...
- Optical fiber cable 451 ... First optical fiber cable, 452 ... Second optical fiber cable, 501 ... Insertion optical fiber (second optical fiber), 521 ... Extension optical fiber (first optical fiber), 530 ... mechanical splice, 531 ... base member (base side element), 532 ... holding lid (lid side element), 562 ... one side protruding wall part, 563 ... other side protruding wall part, 562c, 563c ... fitting recess, 581 ... Insertion member, 581a... Insertion piece part, 5 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 2 ... Insertion member drive part, 582a ...
- Insertion member insertion hole 582a ... Inner space, 583 ... Insertion piece support part, 584 ... Trunk part, 585 ... Confronting wall part, 588 ... Drive part side wall part, 589 ... Insertion member Supporting unit, 701... Insertion optical fiber (optical fiber on the other side), 710... Optical fiber connection unit (first optical fiber connection unit), 720... Optical fiber connection unit (second optical fiber connection unit), 721 ... Extension optical fiber (one side optical fiber), 730 ... Mechanical splice (first mechanical splice), 790 ... Fiber holder (first optical fiber fixing part), 795, 895 ... Base part, 796, 896 ... One side Extension part, 797, 897 ...
- Convex protrusion (first entry prevention part), 810 ... Connection jig, 832 ... First guide part, 842 ... Second plan Internal (holding part), 861... Ferrule, 862... Built-in optical fiber (optical fiber on one side), 863... Clamping part (second mechanical splice), 890 ... Fiber holder (second optical fiber fixing part), 897 b. Convex portion (second entry blocking portion), 1001... Insertion optical fiber (second optical fiber), 1020... Optical fiber connecting unit, 1110... Connection jig, 1132. ... built-in optical fiber (first optical fiber), 1163 ... clamp part (connection mechanism), 1190 ...
- fiber holder optical fiber fixing part
- 1220 slider (guided part), 1221 ... substrate part (base part), 1225 ... elastic locking piece, 1225a ... locking projection, 1225c ... notch, 1225k ... lower edge (inclined inner edge).
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Plasma & Fusion (AREA)
- Mechanical Coupling Of Light Guides (AREA)
Abstract
Description
特に、本発明は、光ファイバと一対の抗張力体とが合成樹脂製の外被に埋め込まれた構造を有する光ファイバケーブルに組み付けて、光コネクタのハウジングに対する光ファイバケーブルの引き留め等に利用可能なケーブル外被把持部材に関する。
特に、本発明は、素子間に光ファイバを把持するメカニカルスプライスの素子間に介挿される介挿部材を有するメカニカルスプライス用工具に関する。
本願は、2013年2月28日に日本に出願された特願2013-040044号、2013年2月28日に日本に出願された特願2013-040096号、2013年2月28日に日本に出願された特願2013-040123号、2013年2月28日に日本に出願された特願2013-040124号、及び2013年2月28日に日本に出願された特願2013-040125号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
この光ファイバ接続器では、光ファイバ同士の突き当て力を確保するために、光ファイバに撓みを生じさせることができるように設計されている。
この光ファイバ接続器では、挿入部材を有する挿入ユニット(メカニカルスプライス用工具)が用いられる。挿入ユニットは、挿入部材を挟持部材の間に挿入することによって、挟持部材の間に、光ファイバが挿入可能な隙間を形成できる。
挿入ユニットでは、取り付けおよび取り外しの操作の容易性が要望されている。
光ドロップケーブル及び光インドアケーブルとしては、光ファイバと一対の抗張力体とが合成樹脂製の断面矩形の外被に埋め込まれた構造の光ファイバケーブル(以下、ファイバ埋め込み形ケーブルとも言う)が多用されている。
前記光コネクタ組立治具を用いて光ファイバの接続を行うには、治具本体部材上で、ファイバホルダを光コネクタに向けてスライド移動させることによって、光ファイバを光コネクタに挿入する。
従来、2.0×3.1mmサイズの光ドロップケーブル、1.6×2.0mmサイズの細径光インドアケーブルの引き留めに外被把持部材を用いる場合は、適切なケーブル引き留め力を確保する観点で、ケーブル断面サイズ毎に専用の外被把持部材を用意することが通常である。
これに鑑みて、例えば、把持部材本体の両側壁部の互いに対向する把持爪の頂点間の間隔を、互いに断面サイズが異なる2種類のファイバ埋め込み形ケーブルの外被への把持爪の食い込みを実現可能に設定した構成の外被把持部材が提案されている(例えば、特許文献2の請求項1、図3~図5等に開示される外被把持部材)。
しかし、この外被把持部材は、断面サイズが大きい方のケーブルの把持部材本体への押し込み作業性に鑑みて、断面サイズが小さい方のケーブルの引き留め力を高めることが容易でなかった。すなわち、この外被把持部材は、断面サイズが小さい方のケーブルの引き留め力を高めるべく、把持部材本体の互いに対向する把持爪頂点間の間隔を小さく設定すると、断面サイズが大きい方のケーブルの外被に対する把持爪の食い込みが深くなる。例えば、把持爪頂点間の間隔を特許文献2記載の1.20±0.05mmよりも小さくした場合は、2.0×3.1mmサイズの光ドロップケーブルの把持部材本体への押し込みに要する力が増大して、押し込み作業性に影響を与える可能性がある。
このため、光ファイバの余長確保が難しい場合などには接続作業に支障が生じることがあり、接続作業性の点で改善が要望されていた。
前記第1の撓み幅は、突き当ての際に10mm以下であることが好ましい。
前記案内部には、前記接続治具からの前記被案内部の浮きを防止する溝部が形成されていることが好ましい。
前記第1の光ファイバは、光ファイバケーブルの端末から引き出された光ファイバであり、前記光ファイバ把持部は、前記光ファイバケーブルの端末を把持するケーブル把持部材であることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のケーブル外被把持部材においては、前記把持爪のうち前記第1ケーブル溝両側の互いに対向する第1把持爪は、第2ケーブル溝両側の互いに対向する側壁部内面の仮想延長から、第1ケーブル溝の溝幅中央側へ突出していることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のケーブル外被把持部材においては、前記第1ケーブル溝は、断面サイズが幅2.0mm×高さ3.1mmの矩形断面の前記第1光ファイバケーブルをその幅方向を溝幅方向に揃えて嵌め込み可能、前記第2ケーブル溝は、断面サイズが幅1.6mm×高さ2.0mmの矩形断面の前記第2光ファイバケーブルをその幅方向を溝幅方向に揃えて嵌め込み可能に構成され、前記把持部材本体と前記蓋片とは、前記第1光ファイバケーブルを前記第1ケーブル溝に嵌め込んだ状態、あるいは前記第2光ファイバケーブルを前記第2ケーブル溝に嵌め込んだ状態にて、前記蓋片を前記把持部材本体に閉じて、前記第1光ファイバケーブルあるいは前記第2光ファイバケーブルを収容する矩形筒状体を構成可能であり、互いに対向する前記第1把持爪の稜線間距離が1.5±0.1mm、第2ケーブル溝を介して互いに対向する側壁部内面間の距離が1.7±0.15mm、前記把持爪のうち前記第2ケーブル溝両側の互いに対向する第2把持爪の稜線間距離が1.15±0.05mmであることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のケーブル外被把持部材においては、前記第2ケーブル溝は前記第1ケーブル溝に比べて溝深さを浅く形成され、前記把持部材本体底壁部内面は前記第1ケーブル溝の溝底に位置する第1溝底面と、前記第2ケーブル溝の溝底に前記第1溝底面に平行に形成された第2溝底面とを有し、第1、第2溝底面に平行、かつ、互いに対向する前記第1突起爪の頂点間の中央を通る仮想平面が、互いに対向する前記第2突起爪の頂点間の中央を通ることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のケーブル外被把持部材においては、互いに対向する前記第1突起爪は、前記蓋片に突設されている蓋側第1突起爪の蓋片内面からの突出寸法が把持部材本体に突設されている本体側第1突起爪の前記第1溝底面からの突出寸法に比べて大きく、互いに対向する前記第2突起爪は、蓋片に突設されている蓋側第2突起爪の蓋片内面からの突出寸法が把持部材本体に突設されている本体側第2突起爪の前記第2溝底面からの突出寸法に比べて大きいことが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のケーブル外被把持部材においては、前記第1溝底面と前記第2溝底面との間に、第1光ファイバケーブルの端面を当接可能な段差を有することが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のケーブル外被把持部材においては、互いに対向する前記第1突起爪の頂点間距離は、互いに対向する前記第2突起爪の頂点間距離に比べて大きいことが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のメカニカルスプライス用工具においては、前記介挿片支持部は、弾性変形可能であることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のメカニカルスプライス用工具においては、前記介挿部材は、前記介挿部材駆動部に前記介挿部材支持部を介して複数取り付けられていることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のメカニカルスプライス用工具においては、前記メカニカルスプライスは、向かい合う一対の突壁部を有するユニットベースの前記突壁部間に保持され、前記介挿片支持部は、前記一対の突壁部間に嵌合されて幅方向の移動が規制されることが好ましい。
本発明の第一態様の光ファイバ接続工具のメカニカルスプライス用工具においては、介挿部材駆動部は、前記突壁部に形成された嵌合凹部に嵌合されて長手方向の移動が規制されることが好ましい。
前記第1光ファイバ接続用ユニットは、一端側から挿入された前記一方側の光ファイバを、他端側から挿入された前記他方側の光ファイバに突き合わせ接続させる第1メカニカルスプライスを有し、前記第2光ファイバ接続用ユニットは、フェルールに内蔵された前記一方側の光ファイバを前記他方側の光ファイバに突き合わせ接続させる第2メカニカルスプライスを有することが好ましい。
前記第1進入阻止部は、前記第1ユニット収容空間に向けて突出する凸部であり、前記第2進入阻止部は、前記第2ユニット収容空間に向けて突出する凸部であることが好ましい。
前記第1光ファイバ固定部の前記一対の延出部は、それぞれ前記基体部の一側部および他側部に形成され、前記第2光ファイバ固定部の前記一対の延出部は、それぞれ前記基体部の一側部および他側部に形成され、前記第1進入阻止部は、前記一側部の延出部に形成され、前記第2進入阻止部は、前記他側部の延出部に形成されていることが好ましい。
前記第1光ファイバ固定部と、前記第2光ファイバ固定部とは、異なる色を呈し、前記第1光ファイバ接続用ユニットの少なくとも一部は、前記第1光ファイバ固定部と同系の色を呈し、前記第2光ファイバ接続用ユニットの少なくとも一部は、前記第2光ファイバ固定部と同系の色を呈することが好ましい。
前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットは、前記光コネクタを保持する被案内部を有し、前記被案内部は、前記案内部に沿って、前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットに接近する方向にスライド移動可能であることが好ましい。
前記被案内部は、基部と、前記基部から突出する一対の弾性係止片とを有し、前記一対の弾性係止片は、これらの間に保持した前記光コネクタに係止する係止凸部を有することが好ましい。
前記係止凸部は、前記光コネクタの延在方向の所定範囲にわたって前記光コネクタに係止可能であり、かつ、前記延在方向の端部に向かって突出高さを減じる傾斜内縁を有することが好ましい。
光ファイバ固定部とメカニカルスプライスとの間に第2の光ファイバの撓み変形のための距離を確保する必要がないため、光ファイバ固定部とメカニカルスプライスとを近接させて配置できる。
従って、確保できる第2の光ファイバの余長が短い場合でも確実な突き合わせ接続が可能となり、接続作業が容易となる。
また、撓み変形した第1の光ファイバの弾性によって突き当て力を確保し、十分な接続信頼性を得ることができる。
介挿片支持部は、介挿部材駆動部の中心軸方向に延出して形成されているため、介挿部材駆動部を操作することで、介挿部材駆動部から延出方向に離隔した介挿片部をも確実に操作できる。
従って、光ファイバの余長が短い場合でも光ファイバ同士の確実な接続が可能となる。
以下の説明に用いる各図面では、各部材を認識可能な大きさとするため、各部材の縮尺を適宜変更している。
なお、本実施形態は、発明の趣旨をより良く理解させるために具体的に説明するものであり、特に指定のない限り、本発明を限定するものではない。
図1~図4に示すように、光ファイバ接続工具100は、光ファイバケーブル24の端末24aに取り付けられた光ファイバ接続用ユニット10と、端末24aから引き出された延出光ファイバ21に突き合わせる挿入光ファイバ1を把持したファイバホルダ90(光ファイバ固定部)を保持する接続治具110と、を備えている。
以下の説明において、図3における上下方向に即して上下方向を規定して説明を行うことがある。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット10については、ファイバホルダ90に近づく方向(図3の右方向)を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。また、メカニカルスプライスは、単に「スプライス」とも言う。
スプライス保持部60は、基体部61と、基体部61の一側縁に立設された一側突壁部62と、基体部61の他側縁に立設された他側突壁部63と、一側突壁部62の前端に設けられた前側突壁部64と、突壁部62、63の後端にそれぞれ設けられた後側突壁部65とを有する。
スプライス保持部60は、スプライス30を、向かい合う一側突壁部62と他側突壁部63の間に確保されたスプライス収納空間67に収納して保持することができる。
スプライス保持部60は、スプライス30を脱着可能に保持できる。
レバー部材150は、把持部材保持部50の両側部の回転軸55を中心として回動することにより、ケーブル把持部材70を保持してその後退を規制する規制位置(図12の実線で示す位置)と、ケーブル把持部材70の後退を規制しない待機位置(図12の2点鎖線で示す位置)とを切り替え可能である。
レバー部材150は、規制位置において、後退規制片154(図17参照)をケーブル把持部材70の後側に配置することにより、ユニットベース11に対するケーブル把持部材70の後退を規制することができる。
側板152は、把持部材保持部50の外面50aに突出された係合突起50bに係合する係合穴152bを有する。係合突起50bを係合穴152bに係合させることにより、レバー部材150を規制位置に維持することができる。
なお、改変例として、把持部材保持部50が、ケーブル把持部材70を載せてスライド可能に設けられる板状のガイド部材(図示せず)を有する構造を挙げることができる。ガイド部材は、ケーブル把持部材70とともに前進することで、把持部材保持部50の内部へと収容される。
光ファイバ案内部13は、テーパ状開口部34bの中央部に向けて傾斜する内面を有し、ケーブル把持部材70を把持部材保持部50に挿入するときに、延出光ファイバ21の先端をスプライス30のテーパ状開口部34bへと案内することができる。
ベース部材31(ベース側素子)と蓋部材321、322、323(蓋側素子)とは、半割り把持部材34を構成する。
スプライス30の押さえ蓋32を構成する3つの蓋部材(蓋側素子)321、322、323のうち、最も後側に位置する符号321の蓋部材を後蓋部材とも言い、最も前側に位置する符号323の蓋部材を前蓋部材とも言う。また、後蓋部材321と前蓋部材323との間に位置する符号322の蓋部材を中蓋部材とも言う。
調心溝31bは、延出光ファイバ21の先端に口出しされた裸光ファイバ21aと、挿入光ファイバ1の先端に口出しされた裸光ファイバ1aとを突き合わせ接続(光接続)可能に互いに高精度に位置決め、調心する。調心溝31bは、例えばV溝(断面V字状の溝)である。調心溝31bはV溝に限定されず、例えば断面半円状の溝や、U溝(断面U字状の溝)等も採用可能である。
調心溝31bは、ベース部材31の対向面31aの中蓋部材322に対向する部分に形成されている。
被覆部挿入溝31c、31dと調心溝31bとの間には、被覆部挿入溝31c、31dから調心溝31b側に行くにしたがって溝幅が小さくなるテーパ状のテーパ溝31e、31fが形成されている。各被覆部挿入溝31c、31dは、テーパ溝31e、31fを介して調心溝31bと連通されている。
後蓋部材321の対向面321aには、ベース部材31の被覆部挿入溝31cに対応する位置に、挿入光ファイバ1の被覆部が挿入される被覆部挿入溝321bが形成されている。
スプライス30の半割り把持部材34の後端には、後蓋部材321及びベース部材31に、それぞれ、その後端面から前側に行くにしたがって先細りのテーパ状に形成された凹所からなるテーパ状開口部34bが開口している。このテーパ状開口部34bの前端(奥端)は被覆部挿入溝321b、31cと連通している。
介挿部材挿入穴35は、中蓋部材322の後端部及び前端部に対応する2箇所と、後蓋部材321及び前蓋部材323のベース部材31長手方向の中央部に対応する位置の、計4箇所に形成されている。
スプライス30のベース部材31及び3つの蓋部材321、322、323は、その互いに対向する対向面31a、321a、322a、323aが、クランプばね33の一対の側板部33bの間隔方向に概ね垂直となる向きで一対の側板部33bの間に把持されている。
一対の側板部33bの一方はベース部材31に当接し、他方の側板部33bは押さえ蓋32に当接する。
クランプばね33は、後蓋部材321とベース部材31とを保持する第1クランプばね部331と、中蓋部材322とベース部材31とを保持する第2クランプばね部332と、前蓋部材323とベース部材31とを保持する第3クランプばね部333とを有する。
第1クランプばね部331の一対の側板部に符号331b、第2クランプばね部332の一対の側板部に符号332b、第3クランプばね部333の一対の側板部に符号333bを付記する。
延出光ファイバ21のうち、半割り把持部材34を構成するベース部材31と押さえ蓋32との間に挿入された部分を、以下、挿入端部とも言う。
スプライス30の前側からベース部材31と中蓋部材322との間に、他の光ファイバ1を挿入することで、該光ファイバ1(以下、挿入光ファイバとも言う)の先端を延出光ファイバ21の先端(挿入端部の先端)に突き合わせ接続できる。また、スプライス30の半割りの素子の間、すなわちベース部材31(ベース側素子)と押さえ蓋32(蓋側素子)との間に、延出光ファイバ21と該光ファイバ21に突き当てた挿入光ファイバ1とを、クランプばね33の弾性によって把持固定できる。
側壁部71b、71cの互いに対向する面には、光ファイバケーブル24の端末24aを把持する複数の把持用突起71fが形成されている。図示例のケーブル把持部材70の把持用突起71fは、ケーブル嵌合溝71aの深さ方向に延在する断面三角形状の突条とされている。
薄肉部73はヒンジ部として機能するため、押さえ蓋72は、ケーブル嵌合溝71aの延在方向に沿う軸線を以て回動可能とされている。
把持ベース71の一対の側壁部71b、71cの他方を第2側壁部71cとも言う。
ケーブル把持部材70は、プラスチック製の一体成形品であることが好ましい。
底壁部75bの上面には、前側突出部75の延在方向に沿って、延出光ファイバ21を収容する光ファイバ保持溝74が形成されている。
光ファイバ保持溝74は、上に向けて開放されて形成されているため、内部に収容した延出光ファイバ21の上方移動を規制しない。このため、光ファイバ保持溝74に保持された部分の延出光ファイバ21は、上方に撓み変形することができる。
光ファイバケーブル24の外被25の前端は、ケーブル嵌合溝71aの前端に達することが好ましい。
スライダ120は、側壁部122間の空間であるユニット収納空間126に、ユニットベース11を保持することができる。
側壁部122の外面には、接続治具110の弾性係止片136の係合用凹所136cに係合する係止用突起127が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起127の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
側壁部122には、係合壁部87の突爪87aが挿入される孔部125が形成されている。
光ファイバ21は光ファイバケーブル24の断面中央部に配置され、一対の抗張力体26は光ファイバ21から光ファイバケーブル24の断面長手方向両側に離隔した位置に配置されている。光ファイバ21は、例えば光ファイバ心線、光ファイバ素線といった被覆光ファイバである。
延出光ファイバ21の挿入端部の先端(前端)には、裸光ファイバ21aが口出しされている。スプライス30での延出光ファイバ21と挿入光ファイバ1との突き合わせ接続は、挿入光ファイバ1の先端に口出しした裸光ファイバ1aと延出光ファイバ21の挿入端部の先端の裸光ファイバ21aとの突き合わせによって実現される。
スプライス用工具80は、スプライス30のベース部材31と押さえ蓋32との間を押し広げる介挿片部81aを有する2つの介挿部材81と、介挿部材81を駆動するスリーブ状の介挿部材駆動部82と、介挿部材駆動部82から突出する一対の係合壁部87とを有する。
介挿部材81は、介挿部材駆動部82に設けられた介挿部材支持部89に支持された幹部84と、幹部84から介挿部材駆動部82の中心軸線方向に延出する介挿片支持部83と、介挿片支持部83の延在方向複数箇所(図示例では2箇所)に突設された介挿片部81aとを有する。これら介挿片部81aは、介挿部材本体83の長さ方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。
受圧壁部86は、突壁部62、63の嵌合凹部62c、63cに嵌合することによって、ユニットベース11に対してスプライス用工具80の前後方向の移動が規制され、位置決めされる。
介挿部材支持部89は、介挿部材駆動部82の対向壁部85の下面に、受圧壁部86に向かって突出して形成されており、その内部に、この方向(上下方向)に沿う貫通孔89aを有する。貫通孔89aの内部には、段差面89cを有する凹部89bが形成されている。
幹部84の先端部(延出端部)の側面には、外方に突出する係合爪84aが形成されている。係合爪84aは、貫通孔89a内の段差面89cに係合可能である。
すなわち、駆動部側壁部88(押圧用板部88c)に側圧Pを作用させて、これら押圧用板部88c間の離隔距離を縮めることで、駆動部側壁部88を変形させて受圧壁部86と対向壁部85との間の離隔距離が増大させ、段差面89cに係合した幹部84を押し上げ、介挿片部81aをスプライス30から抜き去ることができる。
係合壁部87の突端部には、内方に突出された突爪87aが形成されている。
係合壁部87は、スライダ120の凹部122a内に配置するとともに、突爪87aを側壁部122の下縁(孔部125の内縁)に係合させることができ、これによって、スプライス用工具80は、ユニットベース11およびスライダ120を抱え込んだ形でスプライス30に取り付けられ、これら相互の移動が規制される。
第1案内部132は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10をスライド移動させるスライド面133が形成された台部134と、その両側縁にそれぞれ突設された案内壁部135、135とを有する。
案内壁部135の下部内面には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の浮き上がり(接続治具110から離れる方向の光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の移動)を規制する溝部135aが形成されている。
溝部135aは、第1案内部132の形成方向(前後方向)に沿って形成され、基板部121の両側縁部121aが入り込むことによって、スライダ120の浮き上がりを規制できる。
弾性係止片136は、第1案内部132の幅方向両側に突設された張出部138からスライド面133側に突出する湾曲板部136aの先端に、スライダ120の係止用突起127が入り込む係合用凹所136cが形成された板状の係合片部136bを突設した構成になっている。
湾曲板部136aは、第1案内部132の前後方向に沿う軸線を以て湾曲する円弧板状に形成されている。この湾曲板部136aの突端はスライド面133よりも上方に位置する。
係合片部136bは、湾曲板部136aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面133上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片136は、係合用凹所136cにスライダ120の係止用突起127が入り込んで該係止用突起127と係合したときに、第1案内部132に対するスライダ120の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片136が、湾曲板部136aの弾性によってスライダ120を挟み込み、スライダ120を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片136は、第1案内部132に沿って前進させた光ファイバ接続用ユニット10(スライダ120)に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
一対の案内壁部145は、第2案内部142の形成方向(前後方向)に延在して形成され、スライド面143上に載置されたファイバホルダ90の両側縁に当接してファイバホルダ90の幅方向の移動を規制できる。
弾性係止片146は、治具基部130から突出する突出板部146aの先端に、ファイバホルダ90の係止用突起98が入り込む係合用凹所146cが形成された板状の係合片部146bを突設した構成になっている。
係合片部146bは、突出板部146aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面143上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片146は、係合用凹所146cにファイバホルダ90の係止用突起98が入り込んで該係止用突起98と係合したときに、第2案内部142に対するファイバホルダ90の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片146が、突出板部146aの弾性によってファイバホルダ90を挟み込み、ファイバホルダ90を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片146は、第2案内部142に沿って前進させたファイバホルダ90に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
溝部139の底部には、スライド面133上に突出する弾性突出片137が形成されている。
弾性突出片137は、前後方向に沿って、第2案内部142に近づく方向に徐々に上昇しつつ延出する傾斜板部137aと、傾斜板部137aの延出端から前後方向に沿って、スライド面133と平行に延出する延出板部137bとを有する。
延出板部137bの上面の高さ位置は、第2案内部142上で位置決めされたファイバホルダ90から延出した挿入光ファイバ1に近接する位置であることが好ましい(図19A参照)。
このため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10をスライド面133上で前進させる際には、傾斜板部137aが光ファイバ接続用ユニット10に押し下げられて溝部139に収容されることから、弾性突出片137によって光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の前進に支障が生じることはない。
図示例では、表示140は、傾斜板部137aまたは延出板部137bに形成された凹部または孔部である。なお、表示140は識別可能であればよく、その形態は図示例に限定されず、凸部や着色によって形成してもよい。
図示例の表示140は、光ファイバカッター(図示略)によって長さ調整される前の挿入光ファイバ1の先端の位置確認用の表示140aと、挿入光ファイバ1の裸光ファイバ1aの先端の位置確認用の表示140bと、挿入光ファイバ1の被覆1bの先端の位置確認用の表示140cとを有する。
表示140aは傾斜板部137aに形成されている。表示140b、140cは、延出板部137bに、長さ方向に位置を違えて形成されている。
挿入光ファイバ1の先端を、表示140(140a~140c)と照合することによって、ファイバホルダ90から突出する挿入光ファイバ1の処理長さ(長さ調整前の挿入光ファイバ1の長さ、裸光ファイバ1aの先端までの長さ、および被覆1bの先端までの長さ)を容易に確認でき、精度の高い接続作業が可能となる。
光ファイバ接続工具100は、例えばクロージャのケース(図示略)の端縁部を切欠き130aに挿入した状態で前記ケースに係止させることによって、仮置きすることができる。
ファイバホルダ90については、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10に近づく方向(図3の左方向)を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。
一側延出部96および他側延出部97の間に確保されたユニット収容空間99には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の前端部を収容できる。
第2保持壁部94は第1保持壁部93の前方に、第1保持壁部93から離間して形成されている。
一側延出部96および他側延出部97の外側面には、弾性係止片146の係合用凹所146cに係合する係止用突起98が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起98の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
蓋体92の基端部92a(ヒンジ部)とは反対の端部である先端部92b側に形成された係止突起92cは、ベース部91に形成された係止凹部91cに係脱自在に嵌合できる。
蓋体92は、ベース部91の上面91bに被せた状態(閉状態)で、係止突起92cをベース部91の係止凹部91cに係合させることで、挿入光ファイバ1をベース部91(基体部95)に押さえ込んで把持固定できる。
蓋体92はベース部91と一体に成形されてもよい。
撓み幅とは、突き合わせ接続する際に撓み変形が生じる可能性のある光ファイバの長さである。
図示例の第1の撓み幅L1は、延出光ファイバ21が露出した部分に相当する、スプライス30の後端とケーブル把持部材70との距離、詳しくは、スプライス30のテーパ状開口部34bの奥端と、把持ベース71のケーブル嵌合溝71a前端との直線距離である。
図示例の第2の撓み幅L2は、挿入光ファイバ1が露出した部分に相当する、スプライス30とファイバホルダ90との距離、詳しくは、スプライス30のテーパ状開口部34aの奥端と、ファイバホルダ90の蓋体92による把持部分の前端(蓋体92の前端)との直線距離である。
第1の撓み幅L1は、例えば10mm以上(より好ましくは20mm以上)であり、第2の撓み幅L2は、例えば10mm以下(好ましくは6mm以下、より好ましくは4mm以下)である。
第1の撓み幅L1をより大きくすることで、光ファイバに急な曲げが生じることで生じる損失を抑制することができる。第1の撓み幅L1の上限は、例えば40mm(好ましくは30mm)である。
本実施形態のようにスプライス30のテーパ状開口部34aの奥端から前端までの距離を設けたり、前進限界位置におけるスプライス30とファイバホルダ90との間に隙間がある場合、第2の撓み幅L2の下限は、2mm程度となる。
例えば、延出光ファイバ21の座屈応力は、挿入光ファイバ1の座屈応力の2倍以上であることが好ましい。つまり、撓み幅L1が与えられている場合、延出光ファイバ21の座屈応力が挿入光ファイバ1の2倍以上となるように撓み幅L2を設定することになる。
これによって、確実に、挿入光ファイバ1に撓み変形を生じさせずに、延出光ファイバ21に撓み変形21cを生じさせることができる。
図17に示すように、予め、スプライス用工具80を光ファイバ接続用ユニット10に取り付けることによって、介挿片部81aをスプライス30の把持部材34間に割り入れ、スプライス30を、挿入された光ファイバ1、21が自由に挿入および抜去方向に移動できる状態としておく。
挿入光ファイバ1のファイバホルダ90からの突出長は、挿入光ファイバ1に撓みが生じない場合に、スプライス30内の最適位置で裸光ファイバ1a、21a同士が突き当てられるように設定する。
前記突出長は、例えば、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10およびファイバホルダ90が弾性係止片136、146によって位置決めされたときに、裸光ファイバ1aの先端がスプライス30の中央位置に達する長さとすることができる。
把持ベース71のケーブル嵌合溝71aの前端からの延出光ファイバ21の突出長は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10が前進限界位置(後述)にあるときに、スプライス30内の延出光ファイバ21の裸光ファイバ21aまでの距離よりも若干長くする。
レバー部材150を回動させてケーブル把持部材70の後退を規制する。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の移動過程では、基板部121の両側縁部121aが側壁部135の内面の溝部135aに入り込むことによってスライダ120の浮き上がりが規制されるため、挿入光ファイバ1に対する正確な位置決めが可能となる。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット10をスライド面133上でファイバホルダ90に向かって前進させる際には、弾性突出片137の斜板部137aが光ファイバ接続用ユニット10に押し下げられて溝部139に収容されることから、弾性突出片137によって光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の前進に支障が生じることはない。
図19Cに示すように、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10をさらに前進させると、挿入光ファイバ1の裸光ファイバ1aは調心溝31bに挿入されて、延出光ファイバ21の裸光ファイバ21aの先端に突き当てられる。
符号C1は突き合わせ接続位置である。
これによって、光ファイバ接続用ユニット10は、弾性係止片136によって挟み込まれて安定に保持された状態でスライド面133上に位置決めされる。この光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の位置を前進限界位置と言う。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット10の前端部は、ファイバホルダ90の一側延出部96と他側延出部97との間に確保されたユニット収容空間99に収容される。
相対的に長い第1の撓み幅L1を有する延出光ファイバ21の座屈応力が相対的に低いため(ただし、光ファイバ1、21が同一種類のファイバである場合)、スプライス30とケーブル把持部材70との間の延出光ファイバ21が先に撓み変形を生じる(座屈する)。延出光ファイバ21に一旦撓みが生じると、スプライス30とファイバホルダ90との間の挿入光ファイバ1には撓みは生じない。
スプライス30から介挿片部81aを抜き去ると、スプライス30の半割り把持部材34が、クランプばね33の弾性によって裸光ファイバ1a、21aを、突き合わせ状態を保ったまま把持固定する。これにより、スプライス30にて、延出光ファイバ21と挿入光ファイバ1とを突き合わせ接続(光接続)する作業が完了する。
接続作業が完了した延出光ファイバ21と挿入光ファイバ1とは、スプライス30の半割り把持部材34に把持固定される結果、裸光ファイバ1a、21a同士の突き合わせ状態を安定に維持できる。
延出光ファイバ21の撓み変形21cの大部分は、ユニットベース11の把持部材保持部50とレバー部材150に囲まれ、外力から保護される。
よって、スプライス用工具80を外して光ファイバ1、21を突き合わせ状態で固定したときに、高い接続信頼性が得られる。
光ファイバ接続工具100によれば、光ファイバケーブル24を把持する光ファイバ接続用ユニット10を、接続治具110の第1案内部132に沿ってファイバホルダ90に接近させることによって、延出光ファイバ21だけに撓み変形21cを生じさせて光ファイバ1、21の突き合わせ接続を行うことができる。
ファイバホルダ90とスプライス30との間に挿入光ファイバ1の撓み変形のための距離を確保する必要がないため、ファイバホルダ90とスプライス30とを近接させて配置できる。よって、確保できる挿入光ファイバ1の余長が短い場合でも確実な突き合わせ接続が可能となり、接続作業が容易となる。
このため、撓み変形21cにより生じた弾性的な反発力によって、光ファイバ1、21の接続における突き当て力を確保し、十分な接続信頼性を得ることができる。
また、ファイバホルダ90をスプライス30に近接させた設計が可能となるため、光ファイバ接続工具100を小型化できる。よって、光接続箱(クロージャ等)に収納する際の省スペース化の点で有利である。
すなわち、先に挿入光ファイバ1をスプライス30に挿入し、次いでケーブル把持部材70をユニットベース11に導入して延出光ファイバ21をスプライス30に挿入することによって、光ファイバ1、21を突き合わせ接続してもよい。
挿入光ファイバは特に限定されず、例えば複数フロアを有する建築物において各フロアにわたる縦穴(例えばエレベータ用昇降路)に布設される光ファイバ、屋内配線された光ファイバ、光複合電子機器に配線された光ファイバ等を例示できる。
以下、本発明の第二実施形態のケーブル外被把持部材について、図面を参照して説明する。
第二実施形態においては、第一実施形態と同一部材には同一符号を付して、その説明は省略または簡略化する。
なお、前記ケーブル外被把持部材410について、図20~図22、図24、図25A、及び図25Bにおいて上側を上、下側を下として説明する。図23においては、紙面手前側が上、紙面奥側が下である。
前記ヒンジ部411は、具体的には、外被把持部材410の把持部材本体420と蓋片440の境界部を、変形容易な薄肉にした薄肉ヒンジ部である。
蓋片440は、把持部材本体420に対して手動で回転させることができる。
一対の側壁部422、423は、底壁部421の左右両側から底壁部421の片面側(上面側)に底壁部421に垂直に突出している。また、一対の側壁部422、423は、底壁部421の左右両側の底壁部421長手方向に沿って延在する端縁に沿って延在形成されている。一対の側壁部422、423は、底壁部421長手方向全長にわたって形成されている。
図20~図22において、底壁部421の左右方向は、ケーブル嵌合溝424を介して互いに離隔して設けられている一対の側壁部422、423の間隔方向に一致している。
把持部材本体420の一対の側壁部422、423のうち、薄肉ヒンジ部411を介して蓋片440と繋がっているもの(図20~図22では、符号422の側壁部)を、以下、第1側壁部422、他方を、以下、第2側壁部423とも言う。
薄肉ヒンジ部411は、第1側壁部422の底壁部421とは反対側の突端と蓋片440との間に設けられている。
なお、外被把持部材410はプラスチック製の一体成形品に限定されず、例えば、把持部材本体420に対して別体の蓋片440を有する構成も採用可能である。ヒンジ部411としては、蓋片440を把持部材本体420に対して、把持部材本体420長手方向に沿う軸線を中心に手動回転可能に連結するものであれば良く、薄肉ヒンジ部に限定されない。把持部材本体420に対して別体の蓋片440を有する構成において、ヒンジ部411としては、例えば、第1側壁部422及び蓋片440の一方又は両方と一体あるいは別体の回転軸などであっても良い。
蓋片440は、薄肉ヒンジ部411を中心に、把持部材本体420に対して回転可能である。
蓋片440は、薄肉ヒンジ部411を中心とする回転によって、例えば、把持部材本体420に対する開状態から閉状態へと切り換えることができる。
このとき、外被把持部材410の把持部材本体420及び蓋片440は矩形筒状体412を構成する。
図22の実線に示すように、把持部材本体420に対して開状態の蓋片440は、一対の側壁部422、423の突端部から離隔してケーブル嵌合溝424を開放する。
蓋片440の係合突片441は、蓋片本体441の内面421a側に、蓋片本体441から該蓋片本体441に垂直に突出する板状に形成されている。
蓋片440は、係合突片441を把持部材本体420の係合突起423pに係合させていないときに、把持部材本体420に対して手動回転可能である。蓋片440は、係合突片441を把持部材本体420の係合突起423pに係合した状態においては、把持部材本体420に対する回転が規制される。
第1ケーブル溝241及び第2ケーブル溝242は、把持部材本体420にその長手方向に沿って延在形成されている。
第1ケーブル溝241の第2ケーブル溝242と連通している前端とは反対の後端は、把持部材本体420の後端に開口している。
光ファイバ453としては例えば光ファイバ素線が採用される。但し、光ファイバ453は光ファイバ心線も採用可能である。光ファイバ453は、光ファイバ素線、光ファイバ心線といった、裸光ファイバ453a(図20参照)の外周に樹脂被覆材453bが被着された構成の被覆光ファイバを採用できる。
図20、図23に示すように、光ファイバケーブル450は、外被455端末から、外被455を除去して露出させた光ファイバ453を延出させた状態でケーブル嵌合溝424に嵌め込む。
第2ケーブル溝242は、図25Bに示すように、第1光ファイバケーブル451に比べて断面サイズが小さい第2光ファイバケーブル452を嵌め込み可能に形成されている。
図25Aに示すように、第1光ファイバケーブル451は、断面サイズが幅2.0mm×高さ3.1mmの矩形断面の光ファイバケーブルである。図25Bに示すように、第2光ファイバケーブル452は、断面サイズが幅1.6mm×高さ2.0mmの矩形断面の光ファイバケーブルである。
把持部材本体420の両側壁部422、423の第2ケーブル溝242を介して互いに対面する内面422b、423bには、三角形断面で第2ケーブル溝242の深さ方向に沿って延在する把持爪426(以下、第2把持爪とも言う)が突設されている。両側壁部内面422b、423bの第2把持爪426は、第2ケーブル溝242の溝幅中央部を介して互いに対向させて、両側壁部内面422b、423bの第2ケーブル溝242の延在方向複数箇所に形成されている。
図21、図23に示すように、把持部材本体420の第1内側面422a、423aは互いに平行に形成されている。図23に示すように、第2内側面422b、423bは、互いに平行、かつ第1内側面422a、423aに平行に形成されている。
また、第1、第2ケーブル溝241、242は、溝幅中央を互いに一致、すなわち互いに対向する第1内側面422a、423a間の中央と、互いに対向する第2内側面422b、423b間の中央とを互いに一致させて形成されている。
各第1把持爪425の把持爪本体425aの第1内側面422a、423aからの突出寸法は互いに同じに揃えられている。第1ケーブル溝241の溝幅方向に互いに対向する第1把持爪425の把持爪本体425aの稜線425bは互いに平行に延在している。
テーパ状上端部425cは、把持爪本体425a上端から上方へ行くにしたがって第1内側面422a、423aからの突出寸法が縮小するテーパ状に形成されている。このテーパ状上端部425cは、把持部材本体420の第1ケーブル溝241へのその上方からの第1光ファイバケーブル451の押し込みを円滑かつ容易にするものである。
図23に示すように、把持部材本体420の平面視において、第2ケーブル溝242の溝幅方向に互いに対向する第2把持爪426の把持爪本体426aの稜線426b間の中央は、互いに対向する第1把持爪425の把持爪本体425aの稜線425b間の中央を通り第1ケーブル溝241の溝幅方向に垂直な仮想垂直面S1内に位置する。
第1内側面422a、423a間の離隔距離(第1ケーブル溝241の溝幅W1)は、第1光ファイバケーブル451の幅寸法に比べて若干大きく設定されている。また、第1ケーブル溝241の溝幅方向に互いに対向する第1把持爪425の稜線425b(把持爪本体425aの稜線)間の離隔距離は、第1光ファイバケーブル451の幅寸法に比べて若干小さく設定されている。
把持部材本体420の第2内側面422b、423b間の離隔距離(第2ケーブル溝242の溝幅W2)は、第2光ファイバケーブル452の幅寸法に比べて若干大きく設定されている。また、第2ケーブル溝242の溝幅方向に互いに対向する第2把持爪426の稜線426b(把持爪本体426aの稜線)間の離隔距離は、第2光ファイバケーブル452の幅寸法に比べて若干小さく設定されている。
また、第1、第2ケーブル溝241、242に押し込んで第2ケーブル溝242に嵌め込んだ第2光ファイバケーブル452は、第1ケーブル溝241に引き通され、第1ケーブル溝241後端から把持部材本体420後方へ延出した状態となる。
把持部材本体420としては、互いに対向する第1把持爪425の頂部(稜線425b付近)が、第2光ファイバケーブル452の外被455に弱い押圧力を以て両側から当接するように、各第1把持爪425の把持部材本体420の両側壁部422、423からの突出寸法を設定した構成を好適に採用できる。既述のように、互いに対向する第1把持爪425の稜線425b間距離を1.5±0.1mmに設定した構成であれば、各第1把持爪425の頂部は、ケーブル嵌合溝424に押し込んだ1.6mm×2.0mmの断面サイズの第2光ファイバケーブル452の外被455に弱い押圧力を以て当接する。各第1把持爪425は、第1ケーブル溝241の溝幅方向における第2光ファイバケーブル452の所定位置への安定支持に有効に寄与する。稜線425b間距離1.5±0.1mmで互いに対向する第1把持爪425は、把持部材本体420に対する幅寸法1.6mmの第2光ファイバケーブル452の引き留め力向上には殆ど機能しない。
なお、この把持部材本体420にあっては、第2把持爪426のみならず、第1把持爪425をも、第2光ファイバケーブル452の引き留め力確保に機能させることも可能である。
なお、図23に例示した把持部材本体420の第1、第2把持爪425、426は、それぞれ、その稜線425b、426bに垂直な断面の稜線425b、426bを頂点とする開き角を70±15度の範囲に設定してある。
把持部材本体420の底壁部内面421aは第1ケーブル溝241の溝底に位置する第1溝底面421bと、第2ケーブル溝242の溝底に第1溝底面421bに平行に形成された第2溝底面421cとを有している。第2溝底面421cは、第1溝底面421bに比べて把持部材本体前側に位置している。
把持部材本体420の第1内側面422aは第1溝底面421bに垂直、第2内側面423aは第2溝底面421cに垂直に形成されている。
また、第2突起爪429、449のうち、把持部材本体420の底壁部421に突設された第2突起爪429を、以下、本体側第2突起爪、蓋片本体441に突設された第2突起爪449を、以下、蓋側第2突起爪とも言う。
図21~図24に示すように、図示例の外被把持部材410において、本体側第1突起爪428は把持部材本体420の第1底壁部211に突設され、本体側第2突起爪429は把持部材本体420の第2底壁部212に突設されている。
図示例の把持部材本体420において、溝底第1凹部421dは、第1底壁部211の第1ケーブル溝241の延在方向に沿って延在する溝状に形成されている。本体側第1突起爪428は、溝状の溝底第1凹部421dの延在方向に互いに離隔する2箇所に形成されている。
図示例の把持部材本体420において、溝底第2凹部421eは、第2底壁部212に第2ケーブル溝242の延在方向に沿って延在する溝状に形成されている。本体側第2突起爪429は、第2底壁部212の溝状の溝底第2凹部421eの延在方向に互いに離隔する2箇所に形成されている。
また、溝底第2凹部421eは、その底面から複数の本体側第2突起爪429が突出する溝状に限定されない。把持部材本体420としては、複数の本体側第2突起爪429が、その個々に対応して形成された溝底第2凹部421eの底面から突出する構成も採用可能である。
また、把持部材本体としては、溝底第1凹部421d及び/又は溝底第2凹部421eを有しておらず、本体側第1突起爪428が第1溝底面421bから直接突出する構成、及び/又は本体側第2突起爪429が第2溝底面421cから直接突出する構成も採用可能である。
蓋片440において、蓋側第1突起爪448は、矩形筒状体412を構成したときに本体側第1突起爪428に対向する位置に形成されている。
蓋片440において、蓋側第2突起爪449は、矩形筒状体412を構成したときに本体側第2突起爪429に対向する位置に形成されている。
蓋片440としては、例えば、ケーブル嵌合溝424の延在方向に沿って延在する溝状に形成した蓋凹部441bの底面から、蓋側第1突起爪448及び/又は蓋側第2突起爪449である複数の突起爪を突出させた構成も採用可能である。
また、蓋片440としては、蓋凹部441bを形成せず、蓋側第1突起爪448及び/又は蓋側第2突起爪449が、蓋片内面441aから直接突出する構成も採用可能である。
なお、第1突起爪428、448及び第2突起爪429、449は、円錐状に限定されず、例えば多角錐状等の錐形状(テーパ状)のものを採用できる。
仮想平面S2は、互いに対向する第1把持爪425の把持爪本体425aの稜線425b間の中央を通り第1ケーブル溝241の溝幅方向に垂直な既述の仮想垂直面S1(図23参照)に垂直である。また、この仮想平面S2は、把持部材本体420の第1溝底面421b及び第2溝底面421cに平行である。
把持部材本体420の第1溝底面421bと蓋片内面441aとの間の離隔距離(第1ケーブル溝251の溝深さH1)は、第1光ファイバケーブル451の高さ寸法よりも若干大きく設定される。把持部材本体420の第2溝底面421cと蓋片内面441aとの間の離隔距離(第2ケーブル溝252の溝深さH2)は、第1ケーブル溝251の溝深さH1に比べて小さく、かつ第2光ファイバケーブル452の高さ寸法よりも若干大きく設定される。
第1ケーブル溝241を介して互いに対向する第1突起爪428、448の頂点間距離は、第2ケーブル溝242を介して互いに対向する前第2突起爪429、449の頂点間距離に比べて大きい。
また、蓋側第2突起爪449の蓋片本体441の内面441aからの突出寸法は、本体側第2突起爪429の把持部材本体420の第2溝底面421bからの突出寸法に比べて大きい。
このファイバ収容溝431には、把持部材本体420のケーブル嵌合溝424に嵌め込んだ光ファイバケーブル450の外被455の先端から突出させた光ファイバ453が収容される。
図22~図24に示すように、把持部材本体420は、ファイバ収容溝431と第2ケーブル溝242との間に、段差272(段差面)を有する。この段差272は、第2ケーブル溝242に嵌め込む第2光ファイバケーブル452の外被455の端面を当接させて、把持部材本体420長手方向における第2光ファイバケーブル452の把持部材本体420に対する位置決めに利用できる。
外被把持部材410の把持部材本体420は、断面サイズが互いに異なる2種類の光ファイバケーブル451、452に対応して、溝幅が互いに異なる第1、第2ケーブル溝241、242と、対向する稜線間距離が互いに異なる第1、第2把持爪425、426とが形成された構成となっている。この把持部材本体420の構成は、ケーブル嵌合溝への光ファイバケーブル450の押し込み抵抗を、例えば特許文献2に記載の従来構成の外被把持部材の両側壁部間へのケーブル押し込みに比べて、低く抑えることに有利である。
以下、本発明の第三実施形態ついて、図面を参照して説明する。
第三実施形態においては、第一実施形態及び第二実施形態と同一部材には同一符号を付して、その説明は省略または簡略化する。
図26および図27に示すように、光ファイバ接続工具600は、光ファイバケーブル524の端末524aに取り付けられた光ファイバ接続用ユニット510と、端末524aから引き出された延出光ファイバ521に突き合わせる挿入光ファイバ501を把持したファイバホルダ590(光ファイバ固定部)を保持する接続治具610と、を備えている。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット510については、ファイバホルダ590に近づく方向を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。また、メカニカルスプライスは、単に「スプライス」とも言う。
スプライス保持部560は、基体部561と、基体部561の一側縁に立設された一側突壁部562と、基体部561の他側縁に立設された他側突壁部563と、一側突壁部562の前端に設けられた前側突壁部564と、突壁部562、563の後端にそれぞれ設けられた後側突壁部565とを有する。
スプライス保持部560は、スプライス530を、向かい合う一側突壁部562と他側突壁部563の間に確保されたスプライス収納空間567に収納して保持することができる。
スプライス保持部560は、スプライス530を脱着可能に保持できる。
レバー部材650は、把持部材保持部550の両側部の回転軸555を中心として回動することにより、ケーブル把持部材570を保持してその後退を規制する規制位置(図31の実線で示す位置)と、ケーブル把持部材570の後退を規制しない待機位置(図31の2点鎖線で示す位置)とを切り替え可能である。
レバー部材650は、規制位置において、後退規制片654をケーブル把持部材570の後側に配置することにより、ユニットベース511に対するケーブル把持部材570の後退を規制することができる。
光ファイバ案内部513は、テーパ状開口部534bの中央部に向けて傾斜する内面を有し、ケーブル把持部材570を把持部材保持部550に挿入するときに、延出光ファイバ521の先端をスプライス530のテーパ状開口部534bへと案内することができる。
ベース部材531(ベース側素子)と蓋部材321、322、323(蓋側素子)とは、半割り把持部材534を構成する。
スプライス530の押さえ蓋532を構成する3つの蓋部材(蓋側素子)321、322、323のうち、最も後側に位置する符号321の蓋部材を後蓋部材とも言い、最も前側に位置する符号323の蓋部材を前蓋部材とも言う。また、後蓋部材321と前蓋部材323との間に位置する符号322の蓋部材を中蓋部材とも言う。
調心溝531bは、延出光ファイバ521の先端に口出しされた裸光ファイバ521aと、挿入光ファイバ501の先端に口出しされた裸光ファイバ501aとを突き合わせ接続(光接続)可能に互いに高精度に位置決め、調心する。調心溝531bは、例えばV溝(断面V字状の溝)である。調心溝531bはV溝に限定されず、例えば断面半円状の溝や、U溝(断面U字状の溝)等も採用可能である。
調心溝531bは、ベース部材531の対向面531aの中蓋部材322に対向する部分に形成されている。
被覆部挿入溝531c、531dと調心溝531bとの間には、被覆部挿入溝531c、531dから調心溝531b側に行くにしたがって溝幅が小さくなるテーパ状のテーパ溝531e、531fが形成されている。各被覆部挿入溝531c、531dは、テーパ溝531e、531fを介して調心溝531bと連通されている。
後蓋部材321の対向面321aには、ベース部材531の被覆部挿入溝531cに対応する位置に、挿入光ファイバ501の被覆部が挿入される被覆部挿入溝321bが形成されている。
スプライス530の半割り把持部材534の後端には、後蓋部材321及びベース部材531に、それぞれ、その後端面から前側に行くにしたがって先細りのテーパ状に形成された凹所からなるテーパ状開口部534bが開口している。このテーパ状開口部534bの前端(奥端)は被覆部挿入溝321b、531cと連通している。
介挿部材挿入穴535は、中蓋部材322の後端部及び前端部に対応する2箇所と、後蓋部材321及び前蓋部材323のベース部材531の長手方向の中央部に対応する位置の、計4箇所に形成されている。
スプライス530のベース部材531及び3つの蓋部材321、322、323は、その互いに対向する対向面531a、321a、322a、323aが、クランプばね533の一対の側板部533bの間隔方向に概ね垂直となる向きで一対の側板部533bの間に把持されている。
一対の側板部533bの一方はベース部材531に当接し、他方の側板部533bは押さえ蓋532に当接する。
クランプばね533は、後蓋部材321とベース部材531とを保持する第1クランプばね部331と、中蓋部材322とベース部材531とを保持する第2クランプばね部332と、前蓋部材323とベース部材531とを保持する第3クランプばね部333とを有する。
第1クランプばね部331の一対の側板部に符号331b、第2クランプばね部332の一対の側板部に符号332b、第3クランプばね部333の一対の側板部に符号333bを付記する。
延出光ファイバ521のうち、半割り把持部材534を構成するベース部材531と押さえ蓋532との間に挿入された部分を、以下、挿入端部とも言う。
スプライス530の前側からベース部材531と中蓋部材322との間に、他の光ファイバ501を挿入することで、該光ファイバ501(以下、挿入光ファイバとも言う)の先端を延出光ファイバ521の先端(挿入端部の先端)に突き合わせ接続できる。また、スプライス530の半割りの素子の間、すなわちベース部材531(ベース側素子)と押さえ蓋532(蓋側素子)との間に、延出光ファイバ521と該光ファイバ521に突き当てた挿入光ファイバ501とを、クランプばね533の弾性によって把持固定できる。
ケーブル把持部材570は、プラスチック製の一体成形品であることが好ましい。
押さえ蓋572を閉状態として把持ベース571に係止させることによって、ケーブル把持部材570は光ファイバケーブル524の端末524aに取り付けられる。
スライダ620は、側壁部622間の空間であるユニット収納空間626に、ユニットベース511を保持することができる。
側壁部622の外面には、接続治具610の弾性係止片636の係合用凹所636cに係合する係止用突起627が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起627の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
側壁部622には、係合壁部587の突爪587aが挿入される孔部625が形成されている。
光ファイバ521は光ファイバケーブル524の断面中央部に配置され、一対の抗張力体526は光ファイバ521から光ファイバケーブル524の断面長手方向両側に離隔した位置に配置されている。光ファイバ521は、例えば光ファイバ心線、光ファイバ素線といった被覆光ファイバである。
延出光ファイバ521の挿入端部の先端(前端)には、裸光ファイバ521aが口出しされている。スプライス530での延出光ファイバ521と挿入光ファイバ501との突き合わせ接続は、挿入光ファイバ501の先端に口出しした裸光ファイバ501aと延出光ファイバ521の挿入端部の先端の裸光ファイバ521aとの突き合わせによって実現される。
スプライス用工具580は、スプライス530のベース部材531と押さえ蓋532との間に介挿片部581aを割り込ませてこれらを押し開いた状態に保つ介挿部材581と、介挿部材581を引き抜くためのリング状の介挿部材駆動部582と、介挿部材駆動部582から突出する一対の係合壁部587とを有する。
スプライス用工具580は、その前後方向をスプライス530の前後方向に揃えて取り付けられる。
なお、スプライス用工具580については、介挿部材駆動部582の軸線方向を前後方向として説明する。
介挿部材駆動部582は、スプライス530に対面する受圧壁部586と、内側空間582Aを介して受圧壁部586に対向する対向壁部585と、受圧壁部586と対向壁部585との間を繋ぐ左右両側の駆動部側壁部588とを有する。
受圧壁部586の前後方向の寸法は、突壁部562、563の嵌合凹部562c、563cに嵌合させることができるように設定される。
挿通孔582aは、受圧壁部586に、その前後方向両端から、前後方向に沿って、互いに近づく方向に延在するスリット状に形成されている。
このため、受圧壁部586は、前後に並ぶ2つの板状主壁部586aと、これらを連結する連結部586bとを有する形状となっている。
対向壁部585は、内側空間582Aを介して挿通孔582aに対面する位置に形成されている。
図30に2点鎖線で示すように、左右の押圧用板部588cに側圧Pを作用させて、これら押圧用板部588c間の離隔距離を縮めることで、板部588aは、薄肉部588bをヒンジ部として変位し、受圧壁部586と対向壁部585との間の離隔距離が増大する。
貫通孔589aの上端部の内部には、拡張された凹部589bが形成されている。
幹部584の先端部(延出端部)の側面には、外方に突出する係合爪584aが形成されている。係合爪584aは、貫通孔589a内の凹部589bの段差面589cに係合可能である。
なお、幹部584の係合爪584aは、介挿片支持部583との離隔距離を対向壁部585の貫通孔589aの長さに揃えて形成してもよい。
幹部584の係合爪584aと段差面589cとの間の離隔距離は、介挿部材581Aと介挿部材581Bとで互いに同じでもよい。
2つの介挿部材581の介挿片支持部583は互いに反対の方向に延出している。図31において、介挿部材581Aの介挿片支持部583は左方に延出し、介挿部材581Bの介挿片支持部583は右方に延出している。
腕部583aは、断面略矩形の柱状に形成されている。介挿部材581A、581Bの腕部583aは、介挿部材駆動部582の後端および前端に比べ、それぞれ後方および前方に延出している。
腕部583aの幅寸法は、ユニットベース511の突壁部562、563間に入り込むことができる程度の幅であることが望ましい。これによって、スプライス用工具580の取り付け時に腕部583aを突壁部562、563間に位置させることができるため、介挿片部581aをスプライス530に近い位置で挿入できる。
図26に示すように、本体部583cの幅寸法は、ユニットベース511のスプライス保持部560の突壁部562、563の間隔にほぼ等しいか、またはこれより若干小さく設定されていることが好ましい。
これによって、本体部583cをスプライス保持部560の突壁部562、563の間に嵌め込むことにより、介挿部材581を光ファイバ接続用ユニット510に対して幅方向に安定的に位置決めできる。
介挿片部581aは、その先端が先細りのテーパ状に形成されている。介挿片部581aは、その先端をベース部材531と押さえ蓋532との間に押し込んで割り込ませることが可能である。
図示例では、介挿片支持部583には、それぞれ2つの介挿片部581aが前後方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。具体的には、一方の介挿片部581aは腕部583aに形成され、他方の介挿片部581aはヘッド部583bに形成されている。
なお、1つの介挿片支持部583に形成される介挿片部581aの数は2に限らず、3以上としてもよい。
第2介挿部材581Bの2つの介挿片部581aのうち、一方(符号581dを付記)はスプライス530の中蓋部材322の前端部とベース部材531との間に介挿され、他方(符号581eを付記)は前蓋部材323とベース部材531との間に介挿される。
スプライス用工具580は、受圧壁部586をスプライス530の半割り把持部材534に当接させてスプライス530に取り付けられる。
すなわち、図30に2点鎖線で示すように、左右の押圧用板部588cに側圧Pを作用させて、これら押圧用板部588c間の離隔距離を縮めることで、板部588aは、薄肉部588bをヒンジ部として変位し、受圧壁部586と対向壁部585との間の離隔距離が増大する。
これによって、図31に示す段差面589cに係合した幹部584を押し上げ、介挿片部581aをスプライス530から抜き去ることができる。
係合壁部587の突端部には、内方に突出された突爪587aが形成されている。
係合壁部587は、スライダ620の凹部622a内に配置するとともに、突爪587aを側壁部622の下縁(孔部625の内縁)に係合させることができる。
第1案内部632は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510をスライド移動させるスライド面633が形成された台部634と、その両側縁にそれぞれ突設された案内壁部635、635とを有する。
案内壁部635の下部内面には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の浮き上がり(接続治具610から離れる方向の光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の移動)を規制する溝部635aが形成されている。
溝部635aは、第1案内部632の形成方向(前後方向)に沿って形成され、基板部621の両側縁部621aが入り込むことによって、スライダ620の浮き上がりを規制できる。
弾性係止片636は、第1案内部632の幅方向両側に突設された張出部638からスライド面633側に突出する湾曲板部636aの先端に、スライダ620の係止用突起627が入り込む係合用凹所636cが形成された板状の係合片部636bを突設した構成になっている。
湾曲板部636aは、第1案内部632の前後方向に沿う軸線を以て湾曲する円弧板状に形成されている。この湾曲板部636aの突端はスライド面633よりも上方に位置する。
係合片部636bは、湾曲板部636aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面633上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片636は、係合用凹所636cにスライダ620の係止用突起627が入り込んで該係止用突起627と係合したときに、第1案内部632に対するスライダ620の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片636が、湾曲板部636aの弾性によってスライダ620を挟み込み、スライダ620を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片636は、第1案内部632に沿って前進させた光ファイバ接続用ユニット510(スライダ620)に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
一対の案内壁部645は、第2案内部642の形成方向(前後方向)に延在して形成され、スライド面643上に載置されたファイバホルダ590の両側縁に当接してファイバホルダ590の幅方向の移動を規制できる。
弾性係止片646は、治具基部630から突出する突出板部646aの先端に、ファイバホルダ590の係止用突起598が入り込む係合用凹所646cが形成された板状の係合片部646bを突設した構成になっている。
係合片部646bは、突出板部646aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面643上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片646は、係合用凹所646cにファイバホルダ590の係止用突起598が入り込んで該係止用突起598と係合したときに、第2案内部642に対するファイバホルダ590の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片646が、突出板部646aの弾性によってファイバホルダ590を挟み込み、ファイバホルダ590を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片646は、第2案内部642に沿って前進させたファイバホルダ590に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
溝部639の底部には、スライド面633上に突出する弾性突出片637が形成されている。
弾性突出片637は、基端部において弾性的に曲げ変形可能であるため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510をスライド面633上で前進させる際には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510に押し下げられて溝部639に収容されることから、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の前進に支障が生じることはない。
ファイバホルダ590については、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510に近づく方向を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。
一側延出部596および他側延出部597の間に確保されたユニット収容空間599には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の前端部を収容できる。
一側延出部596および他側延出部597の外側面には、弾性係止片646の係合用凹所646cに係合する係止用突起598が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起598の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
後述するように、スプライス530内で光ファイバ501、521を突き合わせ接続する際には、スプライス530の前端側とファイバホルダ590との間には、所定の撓み幅(第2の撓み幅L2)が確保される。
第2の撓み幅L2は、第1の撓み幅L1より短くされていると、第1の撓み幅L1側で、第2の撓み幅L2側に比べて相対的に撓み変形521cが生じやすくできる。
図30に示すように、予め、スプライス用工具580を光ファイバ接続用ユニット510に取り付けることによって、介挿片部581aをスプライス530の把持部材534間に割り入れ、スプライス530を、挿入された光ファイバ501、521が自由に挿入および抜去方向に移動できる状態としておく。
また、介挿部材駆動部582(受圧壁部586)を突壁部562、563の嵌合凹部562c、563cに嵌合させることによって、スプライス用工具580はユニットベース511に対して、前後方向の移動が規制され、位置決めされる。
さらに、係合壁部587をスライダ620の凹部622a内に配置し、突爪587aを側壁部622の下縁(孔部625の内縁)に係合させることによって、スプライス用工具580が、ユニットベース511およびスライダ620を抱え込んだ形で、これら相互の移動が規制される。
このように、スプライス用工具580は、介挿片支持部583の本体部583cをスプライス保持部560に嵌め込むとともに、介挿部材駆動部582(受圧壁部586)を突壁部562、563の嵌合凹部562c、563cに嵌合させ、さらに、係合壁部587をスライダ620の凹部622a内に配置することによって、幅方向および前後方向に安定に位置決めできる。
挿入光ファイバ501のファイバホルダ590からの突出長は、挿入光ファイバ501に撓みが生じない場合に、スプライス530内の最適位置で裸光ファイバ501a、521a同士が突き当てられるように設定する。
前記突出長は、例えば、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510およびファイバホルダ590が弾性係止片636、646によって位置決めされたときに、裸光ファイバ501aの先端がスプライス530の中央位置に達する長さとすることができる。
把持ベース571のケーブル嵌合溝571aの前端からの延出光ファイバ521の突出長は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510が前進限界位置(後述)にあるときに、スプライス530内の延出光ファイバ521の裸光ファイバ521aまでの距離よりも若干長くする。
レバー部材650を回動させてケーブル把持部材570の後退を規制する。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の移動過程では、基板部621の両側縁部621aが側壁部635の内面の溝部635aに入り込むことによってスライダ620の浮き上がりが規制されるため、挿入光ファイバ501に対する正確な位置決めが可能となる。
図37Cに示すように、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510をさらに前進させると、挿入光ファイバ501の裸光ファイバ501aは調心溝531bに挿入されて、延出光ファイバ521の裸光ファイバ521aの先端に突き当てられる。
符号C1は突き合わせ接続位置である。
これによって、光ファイバ接続用ユニット510は、弾性係止片636によって挟み込まれて安定に保持された状態でスライド面633上に位置決めされる。この光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の位置を前進限界位置と言う。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット510の前端部は、ファイバホルダ590の一側延出部596と他側延出部597との間に確保されたユニット収容空間599に収容される。
相対的に長い第1の撓み幅L1を有する延出光ファイバ521の座屈応力が相対的に低いため(ただし、光ファイバ501、521が同一種類のファイバである場合)、スプライス530とケーブル把持部材570との間の延出光ファイバ521が先に撓み変形を生じる(座屈する)。延出光ファイバ521に一旦撓みが生じると、スプライス530とファイバホルダ590との間の挿入光ファイバ501には撓みは生じない。
図31に示すように、対向壁部585の上昇に伴って介挿部材支持部589も上昇するため、段差面589cに係合した幹部584を押し上げ、介挿片支持部583が上昇する。このため介挿片部581aをスプライス530から抜き去ることができる。
2つの介挿部材581A、581Bが同時に上昇すれば、4つの介挿片部581aをほぼ同時にスプライス530から抜き去ることができる。
このため、介挿部材581Aの抜き去りと介挿部材581Bの抜き去りを、同時ではなく時間をおいて行う、時差抜き去りを行うこともできる。例えば、第1介挿部材581Aの抜き去りを、第2介挿部材581Bの抜き去りに先行して行うことができる。
一方、図32に示すように、腕部583aが、わずかに曲げ変形できる程度の剛性を有する場合には、介挿部材駆動部582に両側から側圧Pを与えて幹部584を上昇させ、介挿片支持部583の基端部に上方への力を加えると、腕部583aの曲げ変形に伴って、第1介挿部材581Aでは基端側の介挿片部581a(介挿片部581b)が延出端側の介挿片部581a(介挿片部581c)に先行して上昇する。また、第2介挿部材581Bでは基端側の介挿片部581a(介挿片部581d)が延出端側の介挿片部581a(介挿片部581e)に先行して上昇する。
このため、光ファイバ501、521(裸光ファイバ501a、521a)の突き合わせ接続位置を含む部分(スプライス530の中央部分)を先行して把持し、次いでスプライス530の端部側の光ファイバ501、521を把持することができることから、光ファイバ501、521の撓みを除去することができる。
接続作業が完了した延出光ファイバ521と挿入光ファイバ501とは、スプライス530の半割り把持部材534に把持固定される結果、裸光ファイバ501a、521a同士の突き合わせ状態を安定に維持できる。
延出光ファイバ521の撓み変形521cの大部分は、ユニットベース511の把持部材保持部550とレバー部材650に囲まれ、外力から保護される。
介挿片支持部583は、介挿部材駆動部582の中心軸方向に延出して形成されているため、介挿部材駆動部582を操作することで、介挿部材駆動部582から延出方向に離隔した介挿片部581aをも確実に操作できる。
この場合には、図26に示すように、介挿片支持部583の本体部583cをスプライス保持部560の突壁部562、563の間に嵌め込むとともに、介挿部材駆動部582(受圧壁部586)を突壁部562、563の嵌合凹部562c、563cに嵌合させることによって、スプライス用工具580が、ユニットベース511に対して前後方向および幅方向の移動が規制され、位置決めされる。
さらに、係合壁部587をスライダ620の凹部622a内に配置し、突爪587aを側壁部622の下縁(孔部625の内縁)に係合させることによって、スプライス用工具580が、ユニットベース511およびスライダ620を抱え込んだ形で、これら相互の移動が規制される。
このように、スプライス用工具580は、容易な操作で、ユニットベース511に対して再取り付けすることが可能である。
挿入光ファイバは特に限定されず、例えば複数フロアを有する建築物において各フロアにわたる縦穴(例えばエレベータ用昇降路)に布設される光ファイバ、屋内配線された光ファイバ、光複合電子機器に配線された光ファイバ等を例示できる。
以下、本発明の光ファイバ接続工具の第四実施形態を説明する。
第四実施形態においては、第一実施形態、第二実施形態、及び第三実施形態と同一部材には同一符号を付して、その説明は省略または簡略化する。
図38~図41に示すように、光ファイバ接続工具800は、光ファイバケーブル724の端末724aに取り付けられた光ファイバ接続用ユニット710と、端末724aから引き出された延出光ファイバ721に突き合わせる挿入光ファイバ701を把持した第1ファイバホルダ790(第1光ファイバ固定部)と、これらが載置される接続治具810と、を備えている。
以下の説明において、図40における上下方向に即して上下方向を規定して説明を行うことがある。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット710については、ファイバホルダ790に近づく方向(図40の右方向)を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。また、メカニカルスプライスは、単に「スプライス」とも言う。
スプライス保持部760は、基体部761と、基体部761の一側縁に立設された一側突壁部762と、基体部761の他側縁に立設された他側突壁部763と、一側突壁部762の前端に設けられた前側突壁部764と、突壁部762、763の後端にそれぞれ設けられた後側突壁部765とを有する。
スプライス保持部760は、スプライス730を、向かい合う一側突壁部762と他側突壁部763の間に確保されたスプライス収納空間767に収納して保持することができる。
スプライス保持部760は、スプライス730を脱着可能に保持できる。
レバー部材850は、把持部材保持部750の両側部の回転軸755を中心として回動することにより、ケーブル把持部材770を保持してその後退を規制する規制位置(図49の実線で示す位置)と、ケーブル把持部材770の後退を規制しない待機位置(図49の2点鎖線で示す位置)とを切り替え可能である。
レバー部材850は、規制位置において、後退規制片854(図54参照)をケーブル把持部材770の後側に配置することにより、ユニットベース711に対するケーブル把持部材770の後退を規制することができる。
側板852は、把持部材保持部750の外面750aに突出された係合突起750bに係合する係合穴852bを有する。係合突起750bを係合穴852bに係合させることにより、レバー部材850を規制位置に維持することができる。
なお、改変例として、把持部材保持部750が、ケーブル把持部材770を載せてスライド可能に設けられる板状のガイド部材(図示せず)を有する構造を挙げることができる。ガイド部材は、ケーブル把持部材770とともに前進することで、把持部材保持部750の内部へと収容される。
光ファイバ案内部713は、テーパ状開口部734bの中央部に向けて傾斜する内面を有し、ケーブル把持部材770を把持部材保持部750に挿入するときに、延出光ファイバ721の先端をスプライス730のテーパ状開口部734bへと案内することができる。
ベース部材731(ベース側素子)と蓋部材321、322、323(蓋側素子)とは、半割り把持部材734を構成する。
スプライス730の押さえ蓋732を構成する3つの蓋部材(蓋側素子)321、322、323のうち、最も後側に位置する符号321の蓋部材を後蓋部材とも言い、最も前側に位置する符号323の蓋部材を前蓋部材とも言う。また、後蓋部材321と前蓋部材323との間に位置する符号322の蓋部材を中蓋部材とも言う。
調心溝731bは、延出光ファイバ721の先端に口出しされた裸光ファイバ721aと、挿入光ファイバ701の先端に口出しされた裸光ファイバ701aとを突き合わせ接続(光接続)可能に互いに高精度に位置決め、調心する。調心溝731bは、例えばV溝(断面V字状の溝)である。調心溝731bはV溝に限定されず、例えば断面半円状の溝や、U溝(断面U字状の溝)等も採用可能である。
調心溝731bは、ベース部材731の対向面731aの中蓋部材322に対向する部分に形成されている。
被覆部挿入溝731c、731dと調心溝731bとの間には、被覆部挿入溝731c、731dから調心溝731b側に行くにしたがって溝幅が小さくなるテーパ状のテーパ溝731e、731fが形成されている。各被覆部挿入溝731c、731dは、テーパ溝731e、731fを介して調心溝731bと連通されている。
後蓋部材321の対向面321aには、ベース部材731の被覆部挿入溝731cに対応する位置に、挿入光ファイバ701の被覆部が挿入される被覆部挿入溝321bが形成されている。
スプライス730の半割り把持部材734の後端には、後蓋部材321及びベース部材731に、それぞれ、その後端面から前側に行くにしたがって先細りのテーパ状に形成された凹所からなるテーパ状開口部734bが開口している。このテーパ状開口部734bの前端(奥端)は被覆部挿入溝321b、731cと連通している。
介挿部材挿入穴735は、中蓋部材322の後端部及び前端部に対応する2箇所と、後蓋部材321及び前蓋部材323のベース部材731長手方向の中央部に対応する位置の、計4箇所に形成されている。
スプライス730のベース部材731及び3つの蓋部材321、322、323は、その互いに対向する対向面731a、321a、322a、323aが、クランプばね733の一対の側板部733bの間隔方向に概ね垂直となる向きで一対の側板部733bの間に把持されている。
一対の側板部733bの一方はベース部材731に当接し、他方の側板部733bは押さえ蓋732に当接する。
クランプばね733は、後蓋部材321とベース部材731とを保持する第1クランプばね部331と、中蓋部材322とベース部材731とを保持する第2クランプばね部332と、前蓋部材323とベース部材731とを保持する第3クランプばね部333とを有する。
第1クランプばね部331の一対の側板部に符号331b、第2クランプばね部332の一対の側板部に符号332b、第3クランプばね部333の一対の側板部に符号333bを付記する。
延出光ファイバ721のうち、半割り把持部材734を構成するベース部材731と押さえ蓋732との間に挿入された部分を、以下、挿入端部とも言う。
スプライス730の前側からベース部材731と中蓋部材322との間に、他の光ファイバ701を挿入することで、該光ファイバ701(以下、挿入光ファイバとも言う)の先端を延出光ファイバ721の先端(挿入端部先端)に突き合わせ接続できる。また、スプライス730の半割りの素子の間、すなわちベース部材731(ベース側素子)と押さえ蓋732(蓋側素子)との間に、延出光ファイバ721と該光ファイバ721に突き当てた挿入光ファイバ701とを、クランプばね733の弾性によって把持固定できる。
側壁部771b、771cの互いに対向する面には、光ファイバケーブル724の端末724aを把持する複数の把持用突起771fが形成されている。図示例のケーブル把持部材770の把持用突起771fは、ケーブル嵌合溝771aの深さ方向に延在する断面三角形状の突条とされている。
薄肉部773はヒンジ部として機能するため、押さえ蓋772は、ケーブル嵌合溝771aの延在方向に沿う軸線を以て回動可能とされている。
把持ベース771の一対の側壁部771b、771cの他方を第2側壁部771cとも言う。
ケーブル把持部材770は、プラスチック製の一体成形品であることが好ましい。
底壁部775bの上面には、前側突出部775の延在方向に沿って、延出光ファイバ721を収容する光ファイバ保持溝774が形成されている。
光ファイバ保持溝774は、上に向けて開放されて形成されているため、内部に収容した延出光ファイバ721の上方移動を規制しない。このため、光ファイバ保持溝774に保持された部分の延出光ファイバ721は、上方に撓み変形することができる。
光ファイバケーブル724の外被725の前端は、ケーブル嵌合溝771aの前端に達することが好ましい。
スライダ820は、側壁部822間の空間であるユニット収納空間826に、ユニットベース711を保持することができる。
側壁部822の外面には、接続治具810の弾性係止片836の係合用凹所836cに係合する係止用突起827が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起827の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
側壁部822には、係合壁部787の突爪787aが挿入される孔部825が形成されている。
光ファイバ721は光ファイバケーブル724の断面中央部に配置され、一対の抗張力体726は光ファイバ721から光ファイバケーブル724の断面長手方向両側に離隔した位置に配置されている。光ファイバ721は、例えば光ファイバ心線、光ファイバ素線といった被覆光ファイバである。
延出光ファイバ721の挿入端部先端(前端)には、裸光ファイバ721aが口出しされている。スプライス730での延出光ファイバ721と挿入光ファイバ701との突き合わせ接続は、挿入光ファイバ701の先端に口出しした裸光ファイバ701aと延出光ファイバ721の挿入端部先端の裸光ファイバ721aとの突き合わせによって実現される。
スプライス用工具780は、スプライス730のベース部材731と押さえ蓋732との間を押し広げる介挿片部781aを有する2つの介挿部材781と、介挿部材781を駆動するスリーブ状の介挿部材駆動部782と、介挿部材駆動部782から突出する一対の係合壁部787とを有する。
介挿部材781は、介挿部材駆動部782に設けられた介挿部材支持部789に支持された幹部784と、幹部784から介挿部材駆動部782の中心軸線方向に延出する介挿片支持部783と、介挿片支持部783の延在方向複数箇所(図示例では2箇所)に突設された介挿片部781aとを有する。これら介挿片部781aは、介挿部材本体783の長さ方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。
受圧壁部786は、突壁部762、763の嵌合凹部762c、763cに嵌合することによって、ユニットベース711に対してスプライス用工具780の前後方向の移動が規制され、位置決めされる。
介挿部材支持部789は、介挿部材駆動部782の対向壁部785の下面に、受圧壁部786に向かって突出して形成されており、その内部に、この方向(上下方向)に沿う貫通孔789aを有する。貫通孔789aの内部には、段差面789cを有する凹部789bが形成されている。
幹部784先端部(延出端部)の側面には、外方に突出する係合爪784aが形成されている。係合爪784aは、貫通孔789a内の段差面789cに係合可能である。
すなわち、駆動部側壁部788(押圧用板部788c)に側圧Pを作用させて、これら押圧用板部788c間の離隔距離を縮めることで、駆動部側壁部788を変形させて受圧壁部786と対向壁部785との間の離隔距離が増大させ、段差面789cに係合した幹部784を押し上げ、介挿片部781aをスプライス730から抜き去ることができる。
係合壁部787の突端部には、内方に突出された突爪787aが形成されている。
係合壁部787は、スライダ820の凹部822a内に配置するとともに、突爪787aを側壁部822の下縁(孔部825の内縁)に係合させることができ、これによって、スプライス用工具780は、ユニットベース711およびスライダ820を抱え込んだ形でスプライス730に取り付けられ、これら相互の移動が規制される。
第1案内部832は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710をスライド移動させるスライド面833が形成された台部834と、その両側縁にそれぞれ突設された案内壁部835、835とを有する。
案内壁部835の下部内面には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の浮き上がり(接続治具810から離れる方向の光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の移動)を規制する溝部835aが形成されている。
溝部835aは、第1案内部832の形成方向(前後方向)に沿って形成され、基板部821の両側縁部821aが入り込むことによって、スライダ820の浮き上がりを規制できる。
弾性係止片836は、第1案内部832の幅方向両側に突設された張出部838からスライド面833側に突出する湾曲板部836aの先端に、スライダ820の係止用突起827が入り込む係合用凹所836cが形成された板状の係合片部836bを突設した構成になっている。
湾曲板部836aは、第1案内部832の前後方向に沿う軸線を以て湾曲する円弧板状に形成されている。この湾曲板部836aの突端はスライド面833よりも上方に位置する。
係合片部836bは、湾曲板部836aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面833上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片836は、係合用凹所836cにスライダ820の係止用突起827が入り込んで該係止用突起827と係合したときに、第1案内部832に対するスライダ820の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片836が、湾曲板部836aの弾性によってスライダ820を挟み込み、スライダ820を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片836は、第1案内部832に沿って前進させた光ファイバ接続用ユニット710(スライダ820)に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
一対の案内壁部845は、第2案内部842の形成方向(前後方向)に延在して形成され、スライド面843上に載置されたファイバホルダ790の両側縁に当接してファイバホルダ790の幅方向の移動を規制できる。
弾性係止片846は、治具基部830から突出する突出板部846aの先端に、ファイバホルダ790の係止用突起798が入り込む係合用凹所846cが形成された板状の係合片部846bを突設した構成になっている。
係合片部846bは、突出板部846aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面843上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片846は、係合用凹所846cにファイバホルダ790の係止用突起798が入り込んで該係止用突起798と係合したときに、第2案内部842に対するファイバホルダ790の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片846が、突出板部846aの弾性によってファイバホルダ790を挟み込み、ファイバホルダ790を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片846は、第2案内部842に沿って前進させたファイバホルダ790に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
溝部839の底部には、スライド面833上に突出する弾性突出片837が形成されている。
弾性突出片837は、前後方向に沿って、第2案内部842に近づく方向に徐々に上昇しつつ延出する傾斜板部837aと、傾斜板部837aの延出端から前後方向に沿って、スライド面833と平行に延出する延出板部837bとを有する。
延出板部837bの上面の高さ位置は、第2案内部842上で位置決めされたファイバホルダ790から延出した挿入光ファイバ701に近接する位置であることが好ましい(図56A参照)。
このため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710をスライド面833上で前進させる際には、傾斜板部837aが光ファイバ接続用ユニット710に押し下げられて溝部839に収容されることから、弾性突出片837によって光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の前進に支障が生じることはない。
図示例では、表示840は、傾斜板部837aまたは延出板部837bに形成された凹部または孔部である。なお、表示840は識別可能であればよく、その形態は図示例に限定されず、凸部や着色によって形成してもよい。
図示例の表示840は、光ファイバカッター(図示略)によって長さ調整される前の挿入光ファイバ701の先端の位置確認用の表示840aと、挿入光ファイバ701の裸光ファイバ701aの先端の位置確認用の表示840bと、挿入光ファイバ701の被覆1bの先端の位置確認用の表示840cとを有する。
表示840aは傾斜板部837aに形成されている。表示840b、840cは、延出板部837bに、長さ方向に位置を違えて形成されている。
挿入光ファイバ701の先端を、表示840(840a~840c)と照合することによって、ファイバホルダ790から突出する挿入光ファイバ701の処理長さ(長さ調整前の挿入光ファイバ701の長さ、裸光ファイバ701aの先端までの長さ、および被覆1bの先端までの長さ)を容易に確認でき、精度の高い接続作業が可能となる。
光ファイバ接続工具800は、例えばクロージャのケース(図示略)の端縁部を切欠き830aに挿入した状態で前記ケースに係止させることによって、仮置きすることができる。
ファイバホルダ790については、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710に近づく方向(図40の左方向)を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。
一側延出部796および他側延出部797の間に確保されたユニット収容空間799(第1ユニット収容空間)には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の前端部を収容できる。
第2保持壁部794は第1保持壁部793の前方に、第1保持壁部793から離間して形成されている。
一側延出部796および他側延出部797の外側面には、弾性係止片846の係合用凹所846cに係合する係止用突起798が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起798の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
照合用凸部796bは、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の照合用凹部762bに入り込む形状のものであって、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710以外の光ファイバ接続用ユニット(例えば図59の光ファイバ接続用ユニット720)に対して用いられたときに、その先端部がユニット収容空間799に進入するのを阻止する。
図示例の照合用凸部796bは、断面矩形状である。
蓋体792の基端部792a(ヒンジ部)とは反対の端部である先端部792b側に形成された係止突起792cは、ベース部791に形成された係止凹部791cに係脱自在に嵌合できる。
蓋体792は、ベース部791の上面791bに被せた状態(閉状態)で、係止突起792cをベース部791の係止凹部791cに係合させることで、挿入光ファイバ701をベース部791(基体部795)に押さえ込んで把持固定できる。
蓋体792はベース部791と一体に成形されてもよい。
図54に示すように、予め、スプライス用工具780を光ファイバ接続用ユニット710に取り付けることによって、介挿片部781aをスプライス730の把持部材734間に割り入れ、スプライス730を、挿入された光ファイバ701、721が自由に挿入および抜去方向に移動できる状態としておく。
挿入光ファイバ701のファイバホルダ790からの突出長は、挿入光ファイバ701に撓みが生じない場合に、スプライス730内の最適位置で裸光ファイバ701a、721a同士が突き当てられるように設定する。
前記突出長は、例えば、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710およびファイバホルダ790が弾性係止片836、846によって位置決めされたときに、裸光ファイバ701a先端がスプライス730の中央位置に達する長さとすることができる。
把持ベース771のケーブル嵌合溝771aの前端からの延出光ファイバ721の突出長は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710が前進限界位置(後述)にあるときに、スプライス730内の延出光ファイバ721の裸光ファイバ721aまでの距離よりも若干長くする。
レバー部材850を回動させてケーブル把持部材770の後退を規制する。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の移動過程では、基板部821の両側縁部821aが側壁部835の内面の溝部835aに入り込むことによってスライダ820の浮き上がりが規制されるため、挿入光ファイバ701に対する正確な位置決めが可能となる。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット710をスライド面833上でファイバホルダ790に向かって前進させる際には、弾性突出片837の斜板部837aが光ファイバ接続用ユニット710に押し下げられて溝部839に収容されることから、弾性突出片837によって光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の前進に支障が生じることはない。
図56Cに示すように、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710をさらに前進させると、挿入光ファイバ701の裸光ファイバ701aは調心溝731bに挿入されて、延出光ファイバ721の裸光ファイバ721a先端に突き当てられる。
符号C1は突き合わせ接続位置である。
これによって、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710は、弾性係止片836によって挟み込まれて安定に保持された状態でスライド面833上に位置決めされる。この光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の位置を前進限界位置と言う。
この際、スプライス730とケーブル把持部材770との間の延出光ファイバ721には、撓み変形721cが生じる。
図63に示すように、この際、ファイバホルダ790の照合用凸部796bは光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の照合用凹部762bに入り込むため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の進入が阻止されることはない。
このため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710は、挿入光ファイバ701の把持位置に十分に近づくことができる。
スプライス730から介挿片部781aを抜き去ると、スプライス730の半割り把持部材734が、クランプばね733の弾性によって裸光ファイバ701a、721aを、突き合わせ状態を保ったまま把持固定する。これにより、スプライス730にて、延出光ファイバ721と挿入光ファイバ701とを突き合わせ接続(光接続)する作業が完了する。
接続作業が完了した延出光ファイバ721と挿入光ファイバ701とは、スプライス730の半割り把持部材734に把持固定される結果、裸光ファイバ701a、721a同士の突き合わせ状態を安定に維持できる。
延出光ファイバ721の撓み変形721cの大部分は、ユニットベース711の把持部材保持部750とレバー部材850に囲まれ、外力から保護される。
光ファイバカッターおよびストリッパは、光ファイバの位置決めのための基準面の位置を変えることができないため、通常は、ファイバホルダと基準面との間に所定の大きさのスペーサを置いてファイバホルダの位置を調整することが必要となり、操作が煩雑となる。
これに対し、光ファイバ接続工具800では、ファイバホルダ790が一側延出部796と他側延出部797とを備えているため、スペーサを使用しなくても、これら延出部796、797によって、光ファイバカッターおよびストリッパの基準面に対する位置調整が可能となる。すなわち、ベース部791(基体部795)を基準面から離れた位置に位置決めできる。
スペーサを使用する必要がないため、ファイバホルダ790からの突出長および口出し長さの調整の際の作業が容易になる。
また、延出部796、797は、それらの間に光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の前端部を進入させることができるため、接続作業では光ファイバ接続用ユニット710を挿入光ファイバ701の把持位置に十分に近づけることができる。よって、延出部796、797があるにもかかわらず、挿入光ファイバ701の余長を必要以上に長く確保する必要はない。
次に、光ファイバ接続工具の第五実施形態を説明する。
第五実施形態においては、第四実施形態と同一部材には同一符号を付して、その説明は省略または簡略化する。
図57~図59に示すように、光ファイバ接続工具900は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720と、挿入光ファイバ701を把持した第2ファイバホルダ890(第2光ファイバ固定部)と、これらが載置される接続治具810と、を備えている。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット720(第2光ファイバ接続用ユニット)は、光コネクタ910と、これを保持するスライダ920(被案内部)とを備えている。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット720については、ファイバホルダ890に近づく方向を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。また、クランプ部付きフェルール860の説明に限っては、フェルール861の接合端面861bに向かう方向を前方ということがある。
クランプ部863は、内蔵光ファイバ862の後側突出部862aと、後側から挿入して内蔵光ファイバ862後端に突き当てた光ファイバ701の先端部とを把持固定して光ファイバ862、1同士の突き合わせ接続状態を維持する。
クランプ部863は、ベース部材865と蓋部材866、867との間に、内蔵光ファイバ862の後側突出部862aと、内蔵光ファイバ862後端に突き当てた挿入光ファイバ701の先端部とを挟み込んで把持固定することができる。
内蔵光ファイバ862の前端の端面は、フェルール861の先端(前端)の接合端面861bに露出している。
フェルール861の後端部には、その外周に周設(突設)されたフランジ部864が一体化されている。
クランプ部863は、フランジ部864からフェルール861後側へ延出された後側延出片865と、蓋部材866、867とを、クランプばね868の内側に一括保持した構成になっている。
前蓋部材866には、後側延出片865の対向面865aに対面する平坦な対向面866aが形成されている。
図58に示すように、介挿片部931aは、つまみ870の挿通孔870a、および、ハウジング880の挿通孔881aを介してクランプ部863の後側延出片865と蓋部材866、867との間に挿入できる。
本体部881には、その軸線方向に間隔をおいて、介挿片部931aが挿通可能な2つの挿通孔881aが形成されている。2つの挿通孔881aは、本体部881の軸線方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。
延出筒部882の外周面には、凹凸部882aを形成することが好ましい。図示例の凹凸部882aは、延出筒部882の周方向に沿う複数の環状凸部からなる。
符号872は、クランプ部付きフェルール860を保持し、位置決めする保持具である。保持具872は、基部873と、基部873から延出する一対の弾性片874とを有し、弾性片874,874間にクランプ部付きフェルール860を保持できる。
スライダ920は、側壁部922間の空間924に、光コネクタ910を保持することができる。
側壁部922の外面には、接続治具810の弾性係止片836の係合用凹所836cに係合する係止用突起927が外側方に突出して形成されている。
基体部926の他方の側面926c(ファイバホルダ890の一側延出部896側に相当)には、側方に突出する凸部926dが前後方向に沿って延在して形成されている。
スプライス用工具930は、クランプ部863の後側延出片865と蓋部材866、867との間を押し広げる介挿片部931aを有する2つの介挿部材931と、介挿部材931を駆動するスリーブ状の介挿部材駆動部932と、介挿部材駆動部932から突出する一対の係合壁部937とを有する。
スプライス用工具930は、介挿片部931aを後側延出片865と蓋部材866、867との間に割り込ませた状態でクランプ部863に取り付けられる。
スプライス用工具930は、係合壁部937、937間に光ファイバ接続用ユニット720を保持することができる。
蓋体892はベース部891と一体に成形されてもよい。
ファイバホルダ890については、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720に近づく方向を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。
一側延出部896および他側延出部897は、その間に確保されたユニット収容空間899(第2ユニット収容空間)に、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の前端部を収容できる。
照合用凸部897bは、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の照合用凹部926bに入り込む形状のものであって、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720以外の光ファイバ接続用ユニット(例えば図42の光ファイバ接続用ユニット710)に用いられた場合には、その先端部がユニット収容空間899に進入するのを阻止する。
図示例の照合用凸部897bは、断面矩形状である。
第2保持壁部894は第1保持壁部893の前方に、第1保持壁部893から離間して形成されている。
台部895bは第2保持壁部894の前方に、第2保持壁部894から離間して形成されている。
一側延出部896および他側延出部897の外側面には、弾性係止片846の係合用凹所846cに係合する係止用突起898が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起898の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
蓋体892の基端部892a(ヒンジ部)とは反対の端部である先端部892b側に形成された係止突起892cは、ベース部891に形成された係止凹部891cに係脱自在に嵌合できる。
蓋体892は、ベース部891の上面891bに被せた状態(閉状態)で、係止突起892cをベース部891の係止凹部891cに係合させることで、挿入光ファイバ701をベース部891(基体部895)に押さえ込んで把持固定できる。
これによって、第1ファイバホルダ790と第2ファイバホルダ890とを目視で容易に識別できる。
第1光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の少なくとも一部は、第1ファイバホルダ790と同系の色を呈し、第2光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の少なくとも一部は、第2ファイバホルダ890と同系の色を呈することが好ましい。
同系の色とは、同じまたは近接した色相を有する色である。色相が同じまたは近接していれば、明度や彩度が異なっていてもよい。
例えば、第1ファイバホルダ790が黒色であるときには、第1光ファイバ接続用ユニット710のユニットベース711またはスライダ820を黒色とすることができる。
また、第2ファイバホルダ890が白色であるときには、第2光ファイバ接続用ユニット720のスライダ920を白色とすることができる。
これによって、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710、720と、ファイバホルダ790、890との正しい組み合わせを目視により確認しやすくなるため、誤操作を確実に防止できる。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット710、720とファイバホルダ790、890に採用できる色としては、白、黒に限らず、赤、青、黄、緑、橙等がある。
図59~図61に示すように、予め、スプライス用工具930を光ファイバ接続用ユニット720に取り付けることによって、介挿片部931aをクランプ部863の後側延出片865と蓋部材866、867との間に挿入し、挿入光ファイバ701が挿入可能な状態とする。
ファイバホルダ890は、第2レール部842のスライド面843に載置し、係止用突起898を弾性係止片846の係合用凹所846cに係合させて位置決めする。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の移動過程では、基板部921の両側縁部921aが側壁部835の内面の溝部835aに入り込むことによってスライダ920の浮き上がりが規制される。
挿入光ファイバ701は、クランプ部付きフェルール860の調心溝869aに挿入され、内蔵光ファイバ862の後端に突き当てられる。符号C1は突き合わせ接続位置である。
クランプ部付きフェルール860とファイバホルダ890の間の挿入光ファイバ701には撓みが形成されてもよい。
図64に示すように、この際、ファイバホルダ890の照合用凸部897bは光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の照合用凹部926bに入り込むため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の進入が阻止されることはない。
このため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット720は、挿入光ファイバ701の把持位置に十分に近づくことができる。
一方、図64に示すように、第五実施形態の光ファイバ接続工具900では、光ファイバ862、721の接続にあたって、第2ファイバホルダ890の他側延出部897の照合用凸部897b(第2進入阻止部)が第2光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の照合用凹部926bに入り込むため、第2光ファイバ接続用ユニット720の前端部は、支障なくユニット収容空間899に進入することができる。
逆に、第1光ファイバ接続用ユニット710の一側面には凹部がないため、第1光ファイバ接続用ユニット710を第2ファイバホルダ890に使用しようとすると、第2ファイバホルダ890の照合用凸部897bによって、第1光ファイバ接続用ユニット710のユニット収容空間899への進入が阻止される。
これに対し、第1光ファイバ接続用ユニット710と第1ファイバホルダ890との組み合わせ、または、第2光ファイバ接続用ユニット720と第2ファイバホルダ890との組み合わせでは、問題なく接続作業が可能である。
このように、光ファイバ接続工具800、900によれば、光ファイバ接続用ユニット710、720と、ファイバホルダ790、890との組み合わせが正しくないと接続作業を行うことができないことから、誤操作を確実に防止できる。
このため、ファイバホルダ790、890に対する光ファイバ接続用ユニット710、720の進入位置が変動しても、組み合わせが異なる光ファイバ接続用ユニット710、720の進入を確実に阻止できる。
例えば、図示例ではファイバホルダ側に凸部を形成し、光ファイバ接続用ユニット側にこれに応じた凹部を形成したが、逆に、ファイバホルダに凹部を形成し、光ファイバ接続用ユニットに、これに応じた凸部を形成してもよい。
また、上述の例では、照合用凸部796b(第1進入阻止部)は第1ファイバホルダ790の一側延出部796に形成され、照合用凸部897b(第2進入阻止部)は第2ファイバホルダ890の他側延出部897に形成されているが、第1および第2進入阻止部が、いずれも一側延出部と他側延出部のうち一方にのみ形成されていてもよい。
なお、第1および第2進入阻止部の形状は断面矩形状に限定されず、断面円弧状、断面多角形状などとしてよい。
挿入光ファイバは特に限定されず、例えば複数フロアを有する建築物において各フロアにわたる縦穴(例えばエレベータ用昇降路)に布設される光ファイバ、屋内配線された光ファイバ、光複合電子機器に配線された光ファイバ等を例示できる。
以下、本発明の光ファイバ接続工具の一実施形態を説明する。
第六実施形態においては、第一実施形態、第二実施形態、第三実施形態、第四実施形態、及び第五実施形態と同一部材には同一符号を付して、その説明は省略または簡略化する。
図67~図69に示すように、光ファイバ接続工具1200は、光コネクタ1210を備えた光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020と、挿入光ファイバ1001001を把持したファイバホルダ1190を有する接続治具1110と、を備えている。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020は、光コネクタ1210と、これを保持するスライダ1220(被案内部)とを備えている。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020については、ファイバホルダ1190に近づく方向を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。また、クランプ部付きフェルール1160の説明に限っては、フェルール1161の接合端面1161bに向かう方向を前方ということがある。
クランプ部1163は、内蔵光ファイバ1001、1162の後側突出部1162aと、後側から挿入して内蔵光ファイバ1001、1162後端に突き当てた光ファイバ10011の先端部とを把持固定して光ファイバ1001、1162同士の突き合わせ接続状態を維持する。
クランプ部1163は、ベース部材1165と蓋部材1166、1167との間に、内蔵光ファイバ1001、1162の後側突出部1162aと、内蔵光ファイバ1001、1162後端に突き当てた挿入光ファイバ1001の先端部とを挟み込んで把持固定することができる。
内蔵光ファイバ1001、1162の前端の端面は、フェルール1161の先端(前端)の接合端面1161bに露出している。
フェルール1161の後端部には、その外周に周設(突設)されたフランジ部1164が一体化されている。
クランプ部1163は、フランジ部1164からフェルール1161後側へ延出された後側延出片1165と、蓋部材1166、1167とを、クランプばね1168の内側に一括保持した構成になっている。
前蓋部材1166には、後側延出片1165の対向面1165aに対面する平坦な対向面1166aが形成されている。
図68に示すように、介挿片部1231aは、つまみ1170の挿通孔1170a、および、ハウジング1180の挿通孔1181aを介してクランプ部1163の後側延出片1165と蓋部材1166、1167との間に挿入できる。
本体部1181には、その軸線方向に間隔をおいて、介挿片部1231aが挿通可能な2つの挿通孔1181aが形成されている。2つの挿通孔1181aは、本体部1181の軸線方向に間隔をおいて形成されている。
延出筒部1182の外周面には、凹凸部1182aを形成することが好ましい。図示例の凹凸部1182aは、延出筒部1182の周方向に沿う複数の環状凸部からなる。
符号1172は、クランプ部付きフェルール1160を保持し、位置決めする保持具である。保持具1172は、基部1173と、基部1173から延出する一対の弾性片1174とを有し、弾性片1174,1174間にクランプ部付きフェルール1160を保持できる。
スライダ1220は、側壁部1222間の空間1224に、前後方向に沿う姿勢の光コネクタ1210を保持することができる。
以下、図72のXYZ直交座標系を参照しつつ構造説明を行う。X方向は前後方向であって、側壁部1222と弾性係止片1225の並び方向でもある。Y方向は基板部1221に平行な面内でX方向に直交する方向であり、Z方向はX方向およびY方向と直交する高さ方向である。
弾性係止片1225は、弾性的に曲げ変形可能な板状とされ、つまみ1170の側方移動を規制し、光コネクタ1210を位置決めできる。
図75Cに示すように、係止凸部1225aの断面形状は、XY平面に沿う下面1225dと、XZ平面に沿う側面1225eと、突出方向(内方)に向けて徐々に下降する傾斜面である上面1225fとを有する略台形である。
係止凸部1225aは、弾性係止片1225が変形していない状態にあっては、つまみ1170の上面1170cの上に張り出して形成されており、つまみ1170の上方移動を規制し、光コネクタ1210を位置決めできる。
切欠き1225cにより形成される切欠き面1225jは、前方(図75Aおよび図75Bの右方)に行くほど、突出高さ(弾性係止片1225の内面1225gからの突出高さ)(図75C参照)を減じる傾斜面である。
切欠き面1225jの下縁1225k(傾斜内縁)は、前方(図75Bの右方)に行くほど内面1225gに近くなるように傾斜している。図示例の下縁1225kは、その最前端1225mでは内面1225gに達している。すなわち、切欠き面1225jの下縁1225kは、前方に行くほど突出高さ(内面1225gからの突出高さ)を減じ、最前端1225mでは突出高さはゼロとなっている。
照合用凹部1226bは、前後方向に沿う溝状に形成されている。
基体部1226の他方の側面1226c(ファイバホルダ1190の一側延出部1196側に相当)には、側方に突出する凸部1226dが前後方向に沿って延在して形成されている。
スライダ1220は、プラスチック製の一体成形品とすることができる。
スプライス用工具1230は、クランプ部1163の後側延出片1165と蓋部材1166、1167との間を押し広げる介挿片部1231aを有する2つの介挿部材1231と、介挿部材1231を駆動するスリーブ状の介挿部材駆動部1232と、介挿部材駆動部1232から突出する一対の係合壁部1237とを有する。
スプライス用工具1230は、介挿片部1231aを後側延出片1165と蓋部材1166、1167との間に割り込ませた状態でクランプ部1163に取り付けられる。
スプライス用工具1230は、係合壁部1237、1237間に光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020を保持することができる。
ファイバホルダ1190については、光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020に近づく方向を前方といい、その反対方向を後方と言うことがある。
一側延出部1196および他側延出部1197は、その間に確保されたユニット収容空間1199(第2ユニット収容空間)に、光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の前端部を収容できる。
他側延出部1197の内面1197aには、内方に突出する照合用凸部1197bが前後方向に沿って形成されている。照合用凸部1197bは、光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の照合用凹部1226bに入り込む形状である。
第2保持壁部1194は第1保持壁部1193の前方に、第1保持壁部1193から離間して形成されている。
台部1195bは第2保持壁部1194の前方に、第2保持壁部1194から離間して形成されている。
一側延出部1196および他側延出部1197の外側面には、弾性係止片1146の係合用凹所1146cに係合する係止用突起1198が外側方に突出して形成されている。係止用突起1198の平面視形状は、突端から基端側に行くにしたがって前後寸法が増すテーパ状(例えば三角形状)であることが好ましい。
蓋体1192の基端部1192a(ヒンジ部)とは反対の端部である先端部1192b側に形成された係止突起1192cは、ベース部1191に形成された係止凹部1191cに係脱自在に嵌合できる。
蓋体1192は、ベース部1191の上面1191bに被せた状態(閉状態)で、係止突起1192cをベース部1191の係止凹部1191cに係合させることで、挿入光ファイバ1001をベース部1191(基体部1195)に押さえ込んで把持固定できる。
蓋体1192はベース部1191と一体に成形されてもよい。
第1案内部1132は、光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020をスライド移動させるスライド面1133が形成された台部1134と、その両側縁にそれぞれ突設された案内壁部1135、1135とを有する。
案内壁部1135の下部内面には、光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の浮き上がり(接続治具1110から離れる方向の光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の移動)を規制する溝部1135aが形成されている。
溝部1135aは、第1案内部1132の形成方向(前後方向)に沿って形成され、基板部1221の両側縁部1221aが入り込むことによって、スライダ1220の浮き上がりを規制できる。
弾性係止片1136は、第1案内部1132の幅方向両側に突設された張出部1138からスライド面1133側に突出する湾曲板部1136aの先端に、スライダ1220の係止用突起1227が入り込む係合用凹所1136cが形成された板状の係合片部1136bを突設した構成になっている。
湾曲板部1136aは、第1案内部1132の前後方向に沿う軸線を以て湾曲する円弧板状に形成されている。この湾曲板部1136aの突端はスライド面1133よりも上方に位置する。
係合片部1136bは、湾曲板部1136aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面1133上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片1136は、係合用凹所1136cにスライダ1220の係止用突起1227が入り込んで該係止用突起1227と係合したときに、第1案内部1132に対するスライダ1220の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片1136が、湾曲板部1136aの弾性によってスライダ1220を挟み込み、スライダ1220を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片1136は、第1案内部1132に沿って前進させた光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020(スライダ1220)に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
一対の案内壁部1145は、第2案内部1142の形成方向(前後方向)に延在して形成され、スライド面1143上に載置されたファイバホルダ1090の両側縁に当接してファイバホルダ1190の幅方向の移動を規制できる。
弾性係止片1146は、治具基部1130から突出する突出板部1146aの先端に、ファイバホルダ1190の係止用突起1198が入り込む係合用凹所1146cが形成された板状の係合片部1146bを突設した構成になっている。
係合片部1146bは、突出板部1146aの突端から内方に向けてスライド面1143上に張り出して形成されている。
弾性係止片1146は、係合用凹所1146cにファイバホルダ1190の係止用突起1198が入り込んで該係止用突起1198と係合したときに、第2案内部1142に対するファイバホルダ1190の前後方向の移動を規制できる。
この状態では、弾性係止片1146が、突出板部1146aの弾性によってファイバホルダ1190を挟み込み、ファイバホルダ1190を安定に保持する。
弾性係止片1146は、第2案内部1142に沿って前進させたファイバホルダ1190に係合してその前進および後退を規制する係止機構として機能する。
溝部1139の底部には、スライド面1133上に突出する弾性突出片1137が形成されている。
弾性突出片1137は、前後方向に沿って、第2案内部1142に近づく方向に徐々に上昇しつつ延出する傾斜板部1137aと、傾斜板部1137aの延出端から前後方向に沿って、スライド面1133と平行に延出する延出板部1137bとを有する。
延出板部1137bの上面の高さ位置は、第2案内部1142上で位置決めされたファイバホルダ1190から延出した挿入光ファイバ1001に近接する位置であることが好ましい。
このため、光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020をスライド面1133上で前進させる際には、傾斜板部1137aが光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020に押し下げられて溝部1139に収容されることから、弾性突出片1137によって光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の前進に支障が生じることはない。
図示例の表示1140は、光ファイバカッター(図示略)によって長さ調整される前の挿入光ファイバ1001の先端の位置確認用の表示1140aと、挿入光ファイバ1001の裸光ファイバ1001aの先端の位置確認用の表示1140bと、挿入光ファイバ1001の被覆1001bの先端の位置確認用の表示1140cとを有する。
光ファイバ接続工具1200は、例えばクロージャのケース(図示略)の端縁部を切欠き1130aに挿入した状態で前記ケースに係止させることによって、仮置きすることができる。
図69~図71に示すように、予め、スプライス用工具1230を光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020に取り付けることによって、介挿片部1231aをクランプ部1163の後側延出片1165と蓋部材1166、1167との間に挿入し、挿入光ファイバ1001が挿入可能な状態とする。
ファイバホルダ1190は、第2レール部1142のスライド面1143に載置し、係止用突起1198を弾性係止片1146の係合用凹所1146cに係合させて位置決めする。
光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の移動過程では、基板部1221の両側縁部1221aが側壁部1135の内面の溝部1135aに入り込むことによってスライダ1220の浮き上がりが規制される。
挿入光ファイバ1001は、クランプ部付きフェルール1160の調心溝1169aに挿入され、内蔵光ファイバ1001、1162の後端に突き当てられる。符号C1は突き合わせ接続位置である。
クランプ部付きフェルール1160とファイバホルダ1190の間の挿入光ファイバ1001には撓みが形成されてもよい。
この際、ファイバホルダ1190の照合用凸部1197bは光ファイバ接続用ユニット1020の照合用凹部1226bに入り込む。
従って、挿入光ファイバ1001の余長が短い場合でも、光ファイバ1001、1162の確実な接続が可能となる。
図72に示すように、スライダ1220の弾性係止片1225は弾性的に曲げ変形可能であるため、弾性係止片1225を、互いに離隔する方向に曲げ変形させることによって、光コネクタ1210を弾性係止片1225間に設置できる。
これによって、光コネクタ1210は、スライダ1220の後部(弾性係止片1225より後方の位置)に当接し、ここを支点として、スライダ1220の前方に行くほど上昇するように傾斜する姿勢となる。
上述のように、下縁1225kは、後方(図73の左方)に行くほど突出高さを増すため、側縁部1170bがさらに傾斜姿勢となると、係止凸部1225aには、外側方の成分を含む力が下縁1225kから加えられることになる。
このため、図72および図74に示すように、弾性係止片1225は互いに離れる方向に変形し、つまみ1170に対する係止凸部1225aの係止が解除され、光コネクタ1210をスライダ1220から取り外すことができるようになる。
一方、光コネクタ1210を傾斜させずに上方移動させると、つまみ1170は係止凸部1225aの下面1225dに当接し、上方移動が阻止される。
挿入光ファイバは特に限定されず、例えば複数フロアを有する建築物において各フロアにわたる縦穴(例えばエレベータ用昇降路)に布設される光ファイバ、屋内配線された光ファイバ、光複合電子機器に配線された光ファイバ等を例示できる。
Claims (17)
- メカニカルスプライスを保持するメカニカルスプライス保持部と、前記メカニカルスプライスの一端側で第1の光ファイバを把持する光ファイバ把持部と、前記第1の光ファイバと突き合わせる第2の光ファイバを固定する接続治具に設けた案内部に沿ってスライド可能な被案内部とを有する光ファイバ接続用ユニットと、
前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットを案内する案内部と、前記第2の光ファイバを固定する光ファイバ固定部とを有する接続治具とを備え、
前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットには、前記メカニカルスプライスの一端側と前記光ファイバ把持部との間に第1の撓み幅が形成されており、
突き当ての際に前記メカニカルスプライスの他端側と前記光ファイバ固定部との間に、前記第1の撓み幅より短い第2の撓み幅が確保される光ファイバ接続工具。 - 前記第2の撓み幅は、突き当ての際に10mm以下である請求項1に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 前記案内部には、前記接続治具からの前記被案内部の浮きを防止する溝部が形成されている請求項1又は請求項2に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 前記第1の光ファイバは、光ファイバケーブルの端末から引き出された光ファイバであり、
前記光ファイバ把持部は、前記光ファイバケーブルの端末を把持するケーブル把持部材である請求項1から請求項3のいずれか一項に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。 - ケーブル外被把持部材を備え、
前記ケーブル外被把持部材は、
底壁部の左右に側壁部が設けられた把持部材本体と、この把持部材本体にヒンジ部を介して開閉可能に設けられた蓋片とを有し、
前記把持部材本体の両側壁部間には、第1光ファイバケーブルが嵌め込まれる第1ケーブル溝と、この第1ケーブル溝の片端から該第1ケーブル溝に比べて狭幅に延在形成され、前記第1光ファイバケーブルに比べて断面サイズが小さい第2光ファイバケーブルが嵌め込まれる第2ケーブル溝とが、溝幅中央を互いに一致させて確保され、
前記把持部材本体の両側壁部内面には、三角形断面で第1、第2ケーブル溝の深さ方向に沿って延在する複数の把持爪が対向して形成され、
前記把持部材本体の底壁部内面及び前記蓋片の前記把持部材本体に閉じたときに把持部材本体底壁部内面に対面される内面側に、前記第1ケーブル溝に収容された前記第1光ファイバケーブルの外被に食い込ませる第1突起爪と、前記第2ケーブル溝に収容された前記第2光ファイバケーブルの外被に食い込ませる第2突起爪とが形成されている請求項1に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。 - 前記把持爪のうち前記第1ケーブル溝両側の互いに対向する第1把持爪は、第2ケーブル溝両側の互いに対向する側壁部内面の仮想延長から、第1ケーブル溝の溝幅中央側へ突出している請求項5に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 前記第1ケーブル溝は、断面サイズが幅2.0mm×高さ3.1mmの矩形断面の前記第1光ファイバケーブルをその幅方向を溝幅方向に揃えて嵌め込み可能、前記第2ケーブル溝は、断面サイズが幅1.6mm×高さ2.0mmの矩形断面の前記第2光ファイバケーブルをその幅方向を溝幅方向に揃えて嵌め込み可能に構成され、
前記把持部材本体と前記蓋片とは、前記第1光ファイバケーブルを前記第1ケーブル溝に嵌め込んだ状態、あるいは前記第2光ファイバケーブルを前記第2ケーブル溝に嵌め込んだ状態にて、前記蓋片を前記把持部材本体に閉じて、前記第1光ファイバケーブルあるいは前記第2光ファイバケーブルを収容する矩形筒状体を構成可能であり、
互いに対向する前記第1把持爪の稜線間距離が1.5±0.1mm、第2ケーブル溝を介して互いに対向する側壁部内面間の距離が1.7±0.15mm、前記把持爪のうち前記第2ケーブル溝両側の互いに対向する第2把持爪の稜線間距離が1.15±0.05mmである請求項6に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。 - 前記第2ケーブル溝は前記第1ケーブル溝に比べて溝深さを浅く形成され、前記把持部材本体底壁部内面は前記第1ケーブル溝の溝底に位置する第1溝底面と、前記第2ケーブル溝の溝底に前記第1溝底面に平行に形成された第2溝底面とを有し、第1、第2溝底面に平行、かつ、互いに対向する前記第1突起爪の頂点間の中央を通る仮想平面が、互いに対向する前記第2突起爪の頂点間の中央を通る請求項5から請求項7のいずれか一項に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 互いに対向する前記第1突起爪は、前記蓋片に突設されている蓋側第1突起爪の蓋片内面からの突出寸法が把持部材本体に突設されている本体側第1突起爪の前記第1溝底面からの突出寸法に比べて大きく、互いに対向する前記第2突起爪は、蓋片に突設されている蓋側第2突起爪の蓋片内面からの突出寸法が把持部材本体に突設されている本体側第2突起爪の前記第2溝底面からの突出寸法に比べて大きい請求項8に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 前記第1溝底面と前記第2溝底面との間に、第1光ファイバケーブルの端面を当接可能な段差を有する請求項8又は請求項9に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 互いに対向する前記第1突起爪の頂点間距離は、互いに対向する前記第2突起爪の頂点間距離に比べて大きい請求項5から請求項10のいずれか一項に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 突き合わせ接続した光ファイバの対を素子の間にばねの弾性によってクランプして前記光ファイバ同士の接続状態を維持するメカニカルスプライス用工具を含み、
前記メカニカルスプライス用工具は、
メカニカルスプライスの素子間に割り込ませることによって前記素子間を押し開いた状態に保つ介挿部材と、
前記メカニカルスプライスの前記素子間に割り込ませた前記介挿部材を前記素子間から引き抜くためのリング状の介挿部材駆動部とを有し、
前記介挿部材は、前記介挿部材駆動部に設けられた介挿部材支持部に支持された幹部と、
この幹部から前記介挿部材駆動部の中心軸線方向に延出する介挿片支持部と、
この介挿片支持部の延在複数箇所に突設され、それぞれ前記メカニカルスプライスの前記素子間に介挿される介挿片部とを有し、
介挿部材支持部は、前記介挿部材を外側に突出させる介挿部材挿通孔に、前記介挿部材駆動部の内側空間を介して対面する対面壁部に形成され、
前記介挿部材駆動部は、その周方向において前記対面壁部と前記介挿部材挿通孔との間に位置する両側の側壁部に互いに接近させる方向の側圧が与えられることで、前記介挿部材支持部と前記介挿部材挿通孔との間の距離が増大するように変形されて、前記介挿部材の前記介挿部材駆動部外側への突出量を縮小するように構成され、介挿部材の複数の介挿片部を前記素子間から抜き去り可能である光ファイバ接続工具。 - 前記介挿片支持部は、弾性変形可能である請求項12に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 前記介挿部材は、前記介挿部材駆動部に前記介挿部材支持部を介して複数取り付けられている請求項12又は請求項13に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- 前記メカニカルスプライスは、向かい合う一対の突壁部を有するユニットベースの前記突壁部間に保持され、
前記介挿片支持部は、前記一対の突壁部間に嵌合されて幅方向の移動が規制される請求項12から請求項14のいずれか一項に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。 - 介挿部材駆動部は、前記突壁部に形成された嵌合凹部に嵌合されて長手方向の移動が規制される請求項15に記載の光ファイバ接続工具。
- メカニカルスプライスを保持するメカニカルスプライス保持部と、前記メカニカルスプライスの一端側で第1の光ファイバを把持する光ファイバ把持部と、前記第1の光ファイバと突き合わせる第2の光ファイバを固定する接続治具に設けた案内部に沿ってスライド可能な被案内部とを有する光ファイバ接続用ユニットと、
前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットを案内する案内部と、前記第2の光ファイバを固定する光ファイバ固定部とを有する接続治具とを備え、
前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットには、前記メカニカルスプライスの一端側と前記光ファイバ把持部との間に第1の撓み幅が形成されており、
突き当ての際に前記メカニカルスプライスの他端側と前記光ファイバ固定部との間に、前記第1の撓み幅より短い第2の撓み幅が確保される光ファイバ接続工具を使用し、
前記光ファイバ接続用ユニットを、前記接続治具の案内部に沿って、前記光ファイバ固定部に接近する方向に移動させるとともに、
前記メカニカルスプライスの一端側から挿入した前記第1の光ファイバと、前記メカニカルスプライスの他端側から挿入した前記第2の光ファイバとに、突き合わせ方向の力を加えることによって、
前記メカニカルスプライスの一端側において、前記第1の光ファイバに撓み変形を生じさせ、かつ、前記メカニカルスプライスの他端側において、前記第2の光ファイバに撓み変形を生じさせない、光ファイバの接続方法。
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA2901986A CA2901986C (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2014-02-28 | Optical fiber splicing tool and optical fiber splicing method |
CN201480009669.5A CN105008972B (zh) | 2013-02-28 | 2014-02-28 | 光纤连接工具以及光纤的连接方法 |
US14/770,334 US10139568B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2014-02-28 | Optical fiber splicing tool and optical fiber splicing method |
EP14757196.2A EP2963466A4 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2014-02-28 | OPTICAL FIBER BINDING TOOL AND PROCESS FOR PRODUCING OPTICAL FIBER |
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013-040124 | 2013-02-28 | ||
JP2013-040125 | 2013-02-28 | ||
JP2013-040044 | 2013-02-28 | ||
JP2013-040123 | 2013-02-28 | ||
JP2013040124A JP5827257B2 (ja) | 2013-02-28 | 2013-02-28 | メカニカルスプライス用工具 |
JP2013-040096 | 2013-02-28 | ||
JP2013040044A JP5827256B2 (ja) | 2013-02-28 | 2013-02-28 | 光ファイバ接続工具 |
JP2013040125A JP5820411B2 (ja) | 2013-02-28 | 2013-02-28 | ケーブル外被把持部材 |
JP2013040096A JP5871839B2 (ja) | 2013-02-28 | 2013-02-28 | 光ファイバ接続工具および光ファイバの接続方法 |
JP2013040123A JP5871840B2 (ja) | 2013-02-28 | 2013-02-28 | 光ファイバ接続工具および光ファイバの接続方法 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014133157A1 true WO2014133157A1 (ja) | 2014-09-04 |
Family
ID=51428415
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/055159 WO2014133157A1 (ja) | 2013-02-28 | 2014-02-28 | 光ファイバ接続工具及び光ファイバの接続方法 |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US10139568B2 (ja) |
EP (1) | EP2963466A4 (ja) |
CN (1) | CN105008972B (ja) |
CA (1) | CA2901986C (ja) |
MY (1) | MY179110A (ja) |
TW (1) | TWI506320B (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2014133157A1 (ja) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107003477A (zh) * | 2014-10-06 | 2017-08-01 | 康宁光电通信有限责任公司 | 用于切割光纤的方法和装置 |
Families Citing this family (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5927229B2 (ja) * | 2014-04-22 | 2016-06-01 | 株式会社フジクラ | 受け側光ファイバ付き光ファイバ接続構造体および光ファイバの接続方法 |
US10345526B2 (en) * | 2014-12-14 | 2019-07-09 | Telescent Inc. | High reliability robotic cross-connect systems |
CN108292014B (zh) * | 2016-01-22 | 2020-03-31 | 株式会社藤仓 | 支架以及光纤加工方法 |
BR102017000982A8 (pt) * | 2017-01-17 | 2023-04-11 | Furukawa Ind S A Produtos Eletricos | Conector para cabo de fibra óptica única e mordente para cabo de fibra óptica única |
BR202017009256Y1 (pt) * | 2017-05-02 | 2020-03-24 | Valcir Fabris | Dispositivo de retenção de cabos |
CN107682486B (zh) * | 2017-10-31 | 2021-07-27 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | 一种壳体组件、移动终端及其控制方法 |
CN108345076A (zh) * | 2018-04-19 | 2018-07-31 | 中科光电集团有限公司 | 一种用于光缆分纤箱内的尾纤式对接盘 |
US12099237B2 (en) | 2018-05-17 | 2024-09-24 | Commscope Technologies Llc | Fiber optic connector |
CN108572418B (zh) * | 2018-06-13 | 2023-10-20 | 汇聚科技(惠州)有限公司 | 一种连接器的插芯对接装置 |
CN114981566A (zh) * | 2020-12-25 | 2022-08-30 | 东京制纲株式会社 | 索体阻留配件 |
CN118444437A (zh) * | 2023-02-03 | 2024-08-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | 光纤连接器、连接器组件及光通信设备 |
Citations (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10274721A (ja) * | 1997-03-31 | 1998-10-13 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | 光ファイバ接続方法、光ファイバコネクタ及び光ファイバ研磨方法 |
JP2007178786A (ja) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-07-12 | Photonic Science Technology Inc | メカニカルスプライス及び光ファイバの接続方法 |
JP2008107602A (ja) * | 2006-10-26 | 2008-05-08 | Sankosha Corp | 通信ケーブル用クロージャ |
JP2009069293A (ja) | 2007-09-11 | 2009-04-02 | Sumiden High Precision Co Ltd | 光コネクタ組立治具 |
JP2010145951A (ja) | 2008-12-22 | 2010-07-01 | Fujikura Ltd | 光ファイバ接続器及びこれを用いた光ファイバ接続方法 |
JP2011095454A (ja) | 2009-10-29 | 2011-05-12 | Fujikura Ltd | 外被把持型光コネクタ用の外被把持部材 |
JP2011117985A (ja) * | 2007-12-25 | 2011-06-16 | Nf Techno Summit Corp | 光ファイバー接続装置及び光ファイバー接続方法 |
WO2013022071A1 (ja) * | 2011-08-09 | 2013-02-14 | 株式会社フジクラ | メカニカルスプライスユニット、メカニカルスプライス用接続工具、及び光ファイバ接続工法 |
JP2013040123A (ja) | 2011-08-15 | 2013-02-28 | Kao Corp | 皮膚外用剤 |
JP2013040125A (ja) | 2011-08-16 | 2013-02-28 | Kracie Home Products Ltd | 皮膚洗浄剤組成物 |
JP2013040096A (ja) | 2012-09-26 | 2013-02-28 | National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science & Technology | 金属硫化物と金属酸化物の複合体の製造方法 |
JP2013040124A (ja) | 2011-08-15 | 2013-02-28 | Osaka Univ | 自己組織化単分子膜形成用の化合物及びそれを用いた有機半導体素子 |
JP2013040044A (ja) | 2011-12-23 | 2013-02-28 | Nakane Kikai Kk | 昇降機 |
Family Cites Families (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH0662428U (ja) | 1993-02-16 | 1994-09-02 | 日本マランツ株式会社 | スライドスイッチ用ツマミ |
JP3540096B2 (ja) | 1996-05-30 | 2004-07-07 | 株式会社フジクラ | 光ファイバ接続器 |
JP2000121863A (ja) | 1998-10-20 | 2000-04-28 | Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd | メカニカルスプライス部、光ファイバ心線接続部及び光コネクタ付き光ファイバ心線 |
JP4000484B2 (ja) | 2003-02-17 | 2007-10-31 | 住友電気工業株式会社 | 光ファイバ接続治具 |
JP2005128139A (ja) | 2003-10-22 | 2005-05-19 | Fujikura Ltd | 光ファイバ接続器 |
DE602005013441D1 (de) | 2004-04-09 | 2009-05-07 | Tomoegawa Paper Co Ltd | Verfahren zur Verbindung von optischen Fasern und optischen Komponenten unter Verwendung von Faserbiegungen |
JP4566932B2 (ja) | 2006-03-08 | 2010-10-20 | 株式会社フジクラ | 光コネクタ |
AU2009278403A1 (en) | 2008-08-04 | 2010-02-11 | Sumitomo Electric Industries,Ltd. | Jig for optical connector |
JP5538326B2 (ja) | 2011-08-09 | 2014-07-02 | 株式会社フジクラ | 光ファイバ接続用ユニット、光ファイバ接続方法 |
-
2014
- 2014-02-28 US US14/770,334 patent/US10139568B2/en active Active
- 2014-02-28 EP EP14757196.2A patent/EP2963466A4/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-02-28 CA CA2901986A patent/CA2901986C/en active Active
- 2014-02-28 MY MYPI2015702799A patent/MY179110A/en unknown
- 2014-02-28 WO PCT/JP2014/055159 patent/WO2014133157A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2014-02-28 CN CN201480009669.5A patent/CN105008972B/zh active Active
- 2014-03-03 TW TW103107003A patent/TWI506320B/zh not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH10274721A (ja) * | 1997-03-31 | 1998-10-13 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | 光ファイバ接続方法、光ファイバコネクタ及び光ファイバ研磨方法 |
JP2007178786A (ja) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-07-12 | Photonic Science Technology Inc | メカニカルスプライス及び光ファイバの接続方法 |
JP2008107602A (ja) * | 2006-10-26 | 2008-05-08 | Sankosha Corp | 通信ケーブル用クロージャ |
JP2009069293A (ja) | 2007-09-11 | 2009-04-02 | Sumiden High Precision Co Ltd | 光コネクタ組立治具 |
JP2011117985A (ja) * | 2007-12-25 | 2011-06-16 | Nf Techno Summit Corp | 光ファイバー接続装置及び光ファイバー接続方法 |
JP2010145951A (ja) | 2008-12-22 | 2010-07-01 | Fujikura Ltd | 光ファイバ接続器及びこれを用いた光ファイバ接続方法 |
JP2011095454A (ja) | 2009-10-29 | 2011-05-12 | Fujikura Ltd | 外被把持型光コネクタ用の外被把持部材 |
WO2013022071A1 (ja) * | 2011-08-09 | 2013-02-14 | 株式会社フジクラ | メカニカルスプライスユニット、メカニカルスプライス用接続工具、及び光ファイバ接続工法 |
JP2013040123A (ja) | 2011-08-15 | 2013-02-28 | Kao Corp | 皮膚外用剤 |
JP2013040124A (ja) | 2011-08-15 | 2013-02-28 | Osaka Univ | 自己組織化単分子膜形成用の化合物及びそれを用いた有機半導体素子 |
JP2013040125A (ja) | 2011-08-16 | 2013-02-28 | Kracie Home Products Ltd | 皮膚洗浄剤組成物 |
JP2013040044A (ja) | 2011-12-23 | 2013-02-28 | Nakane Kikai Kk | 昇降機 |
JP2013040096A (ja) | 2012-09-26 | 2013-02-28 | National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science & Technology | 金属硫化物と金属酸化物の複合体の製造方法 |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107003477A (zh) * | 2014-10-06 | 2017-08-01 | 康宁光电通信有限责任公司 | 用于切割光纤的方法和装置 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2901986C (en) | 2018-12-11 |
CN105008972A (zh) | 2015-10-28 |
EP2963466A4 (en) | 2016-10-12 |
CN105008972B (zh) | 2018-09-21 |
TW201502626A (zh) | 2015-01-16 |
MY179110A (en) | 2020-10-28 |
US10139568B2 (en) | 2018-11-27 |
CA2901986A1 (en) | 2014-09-04 |
TWI506320B (zh) | 2015-11-01 |
US20160011378A1 (en) | 2016-01-14 |
EP2963466A1 (en) | 2016-01-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2014133157A1 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続工具及び光ファイバの接続方法 | |
JP4699546B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続方法及び光ファイバ接続工具 | |
US9541706B2 (en) | Mechanical splice unit, mechanical splicing tool, and optical fiber splicing method | |
JP5820484B2 (ja) | 光コネクタ | |
JP5400155B2 (ja) | 光コネクタおよび光コネクタ用フェルール | |
US9164245B2 (en) | Optical connector | |
US20160139341A1 (en) | Optical fiber splicing unit, optical fiber splicing method, and holding member for optical fiber splicing unit | |
JP5325955B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続用ユニット、光ファイバ接続装置および光ファイバの接続方法 | |
JP5596634B2 (ja) | 光コネクタ | |
JP5827256B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続工具 | |
JP5358632B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続装置および光ファイバの接続方法 | |
JP5871840B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続工具および光ファイバの接続方法 | |
JP5782478B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続工具 | |
JP5865291B2 (ja) | 光ファイバ接続工具 | |
JP5827257B2 (ja) | メカニカルスプライス用工具 | |
JP5401337B2 (ja) | フェルール付き光ファイバの組立方法、フェルール接着作業用治具 | |
JP2013015786A (ja) | 光コネクタ | |
JP5596635B2 (ja) | 光コネクタ | |
WO2022113421A1 (ja) | 光コネクタ用フェルール | |
JP2013015785A (ja) | 光コネクタの組立方法 | |
JP2013037235A (ja) | 光ファイバ接続用ユニット、光ファイバ接続方法 | |
JP5743842B2 (ja) | 光接続用ユニット | |
JP2013015783A (ja) | 光コネクタの組立方法 | |
JP5470158B2 (ja) | 光コネクタ、光コネクタの組立方法 | |
JP2013015782A (ja) | 光コネクタ |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14757196 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2901986 Country of ref document: CA |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2014757196 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 14770334 Country of ref document: US |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: IDP00201505222 Country of ref document: ID |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |